Convert frame unwinders to use the current frame and
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
c91d38aa 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
669fac23 79* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
80* Symbol Handling::
81* Language Support::
82* Host Definition::
83* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 84* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
85* Target Vector Definition::
86* Native Debugging::
87* Support Libraries::
88* Coding::
89* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 90* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 91* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 92* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 93* Testsuite::
c906108c 94* Hints::
aab4e0ec 95
bcd7e15f 96* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 97* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 98* Index::
c906108c
SS
99@end menu
100
101@node Requirements
102
103@chapter Requirements
56caf160 104@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
105
106Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
107requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
108of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
109that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 110
56caf160
EZ
111First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
112front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
113shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 114
56caf160
EZ
115@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
116available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
117programmer.
c906108c 118
56caf160
EZ
119@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
120the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
121going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
122to debugger commands.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
125While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 126picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
127programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
128mollify the debugger.
c906108c 129
56caf160
EZ
130@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
131Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
132heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 133
56caf160
EZ
134@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
135available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
136supports.
c906108c
SS
137
138
139@node Overall Structure
140
141@chapter Overall Structure
142
56caf160
EZ
143@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
144symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
145@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 146
2e685b93 147The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
148supporting code.
149
150The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
151interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
152parsing, type and value printing.
153
154The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
155physical target manipulation.
156
157The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
158number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
159elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
160supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
161this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
162should fit together.
163
164@section The Symbol Side
165
56caf160
EZ
166The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
167you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
168For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
169many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
170
171@section The Target Side
172
56caf160
EZ
173The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
174Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
175of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
176available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
177
178Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
179display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 180such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
181relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
182way.
183
184@section Configurations
185
56caf160
EZ
186@cindex host
187@cindex target
25822942 188@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
189@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
190executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
191third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
192
193Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
194Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
195float format.
196
197Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
198dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
199breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
200to call a function.
201
202Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
203is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
204host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
205process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
206registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
207in the native-dependent files.
208
209Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
210are really part of the target environment, but which require
211@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
212file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
213
25822942 214When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
215have to include all three kinds of information.
216
25ab7e6d
EZ
217@section Source Tree Structure
218@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
219
220The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
221are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
222to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 223@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
224
225Files that are related to some common task have names that share
226common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
227debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
228reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
229deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
230parlance for the program being debugged).
231
232There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
233@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
234files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
235(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
236specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
237
238Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
239debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
240native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
241
242The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
243
244@table @file
245@item cli
246Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
247Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
248
249@item gdbserver
250Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
251
252@item gdbtk
253Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
254
255@item mi
256The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
257
258@item signals
259Target signal translation code.
260
261@item tui
262Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
263Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
264@end table
c906108c
SS
265
266@node Algorithms
267
268@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 269@cindex algorithms
c906108c 270
56caf160
EZ
271@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
272often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
273cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
274algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
275they use.
c906108c 276
7d30c22d
JB
277@section Prologue Analysis
278
279@cindex prologue analysis
280@cindex call frame information
281@cindex CFI (call frame information)
282To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
283variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
284of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
285saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
286younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
287scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
288changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
289may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
290
291Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
292which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
293But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
294technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
295registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
296code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
297allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
298register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 299accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
300helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
301CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
302@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
303calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
304
305In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
306target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
307optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
308write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
309understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
310GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
311understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
312themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
313and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
314instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
315
316@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
317@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
318@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
319To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
320and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
321prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
322analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
323framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
324``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
325using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
326would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
327starts with the instruction:
328
329@example
330addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
331@end example
332@noindent
333we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
334this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
335value.
336
337If we then see an instruction like:
338
339@example
340addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
341@end example
342@noindent
343we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
344it is now 64 greater than its original value.
345
346If the next instruction were:
347
348@example
349mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
350@end example
351@noindent
352then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
353@code{r1} plus 64.
354
355It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
356need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
357registers. So after an instruction like this:
358
359@example
360mov (fp+4), r2
361@end example
362@noindent
363then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
364holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
365
366And so on.
367
368Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
369wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
370the instruction:
371
372@example
373xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
374@end example
375@noindent
376then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
377a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
378relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
379``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
380information is acceptable for our application.
381
382So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
383approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
384never inaccurate.
385
386Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
387machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
388contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
389from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
390current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
391Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
392kept track of.
393
394@itemize @bullet
395
396@item
397To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
398stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
399minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
400If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
401the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
402we don't know the frame size.
403
404@item
405To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
406search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
407registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
408original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
409to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
410anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
411@end itemize
412
413This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
414quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
415forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
416function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
417of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
418worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
419and maintain. In the approach described above:
420
421@itemize @bullet
422
423@item
424It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 425whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
426the effect of each instruction.
427
428@item
429It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
430instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
431wasn't already broken before.
432
433@item
434It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
435complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
436of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
437what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
438already gathering the right data for you.
439
440@end itemize
441
442The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
443the framework and how to use it.
444
445
c906108c
SS
446@section Breakpoint Handling
447
56caf160 448@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
449In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
450where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
451that location.
452
453There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
454breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
455
56caf160
EZ
456@cindex hardware breakpoints
457@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
458Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
459features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
460register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 461(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 462ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
463exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
464
465Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
466include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
467processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
468address.
469
470A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
471breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
472software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
473breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 474@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 475for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
476
477Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 478limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 479start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 480notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
481whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
482breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
483an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
484
485@cindex software breakpoints
486Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
487The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
488instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
489that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
490@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
491user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
492instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
493
494Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 495must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 496can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 497although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
498
499Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
500instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
501target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
502breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
503larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
504targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
505instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
506set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
507although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
508instruction.
509
56caf160 510@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
511The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
512@code{BREAKPOINT}.
513
514Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
515much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
516
8181d85f
DJ
517@table @code
518@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
519@findex target_remove_breakpoint
520@findex target_insert_breakpoint
521@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
522@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
523Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
524@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
525non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
526breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
527@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
528to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
529@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
530related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
531contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
532if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
533underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
534memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
535@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
536it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
537
538For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
539shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 540the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
541@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
542used to remove the breakpoint.
543
544@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
545@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
546@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
547@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
548@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
549Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
550@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
551non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
552a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
553@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
554@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
555but @code{placed_size} may be.
556@end table
557
c906108c
SS
558@section Single Stepping
559
560@section Signal Handling
561
562@section Thread Handling
563
564@section Inferior Function Calls
565
566@section Longjmp Support
567
56caf160 568@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 569@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
570@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
571stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
572which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
573command.
c906108c 574
4a9bb1df
UW
575@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
576To make this work, you need to define a function called
577@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
c906108c
SS
578structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
579is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 580@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
581@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
582
9742079a
EZ
583@section Watchpoints
584@cindex watchpoints
585
586Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
587breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
588instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
589your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
590hunt down and kill such bugs.
591
592@cindex hardware watchpoints
593@cindex software watchpoints
594Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
595known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
596hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
597software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
598will use software watchpoints are:
599
600@itemize @bullet
601@item
602The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
603watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
604to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
605more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
606watchpoints.
607
608@item
609The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
610registers (as opposed to memory).
611
612@item
613Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
614this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
615resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
616breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
617breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
618
619@item
620No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
621implementation.
622@end itemize
623
624Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
625single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
626watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
627section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
628
b6b8ece6
EZ
629When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
630possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
631It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
632was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
633
634Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
635once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
636triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
637is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
638method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
639For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
640every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
641For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
642@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
643and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
644watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
645considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
646otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
647each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
648the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
649watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
650changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 651
9742079a
EZ
652@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
653watchpoints:
654
655@table @code
656@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
657@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
658If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
659
660@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
661@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
662Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
663possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
664of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
665not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
666number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
667is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
668are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
669the same time).
670
671@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
672@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
673Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
674whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
675
b6b8ece6 676@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
677@findex target_insert_watchpoint
678@findex target_remove_watchpoint
679@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
680@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
681Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
682@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
683possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
684defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
685
474c8240 686@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
687 enum target_hw_bp_type
688 @{
689 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
690 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
691 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
692 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
693 @};
474c8240 694@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
695
696@noindent
697These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
698
9742079a 699@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
700@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
701If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
702associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
703@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
704is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
705not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
706it to improve handling of those also.
707
708@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
709immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
710target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
711resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
712control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 713
9742079a
EZ
714@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
715@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
716If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
d983da9c
DJ
717watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
718this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
719which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
720set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
721to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
722watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 723
4a9bb1df
UW
724@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
725@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
726If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
727watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
728watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
729interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
730
731@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
732@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
733If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
734inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
735when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
736read or write.
9742079a
EZ
737
738@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
739@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
740If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
741watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
742
743@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
744@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
745Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
746the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
747Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
748the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
749type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
750target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
751the @var{wait_status} argument.
752
753@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
754@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
755determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
756it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
757@end table
758
d983da9c
DJ
759@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
760@cindex watchpoints, with threads
761
762@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
763in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
764act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
765watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
766if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
767watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
768per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
769@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
770@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
771@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
772@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
773threads.
774
775@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
776at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
777multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
778queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
779is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
780@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
781thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
782two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
783will be called a second time for the second thread.
784
9742079a
EZ
785@subsection x86 Watchpoints
786@cindex x86 debug registers
787@cindex watchpoints, on x86
788
789The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
790registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
791generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
792support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
793subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
794
795To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
796following:
797
798@itemize @bullet
799@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
800@item
801Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
802target-dependent headers.
803
804@item
805Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
806defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
807
808@item
809Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
810@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
811@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
812
813@item
814Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
815below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
816which does the real work.
817@end itemize
818
819The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
820debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
821real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
822provide:
823
824@table @code
825@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
826@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
827Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
828
829@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
830@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
831Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
832
833@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
834@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
835Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
836number @var{idx}.
837
838@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
839@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
840Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
841used immediately after it is returned by
842@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
843register values.
844@end table
845
846For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
847that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
848to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
849allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
850expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
851wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
852maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
853anything to use this feature.
854
855The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
856bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
857be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
858region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
859@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
860bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
861a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
862region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
863
864The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
865@value{GDBN}'s application code:
866
867@table @code
868@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
869@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
870The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
871this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
872watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
873less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
874processors.
875
876@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
877@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
878The target function
879@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
880This
9742079a
EZ
881function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
882Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
883macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
884set in DR6.
885
ac77d04f
JJ
886@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
887@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
888The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
889is set to call this function. The
890argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
891function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
892Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
893macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
894returned.
895
9742079a
EZ
896@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
897@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
898@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
899@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
900Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
901@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
902are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
903looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
904region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
905reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
906register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
907the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
908value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
909register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
910and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
911inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
912@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
913required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
914each debug register.
915
916@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
917in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
918length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
919values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
920@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
921watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
922decrements the reference count, and only calls
923@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
924the count goes to zero.
925
926@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
927@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
928@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
929@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
930These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
931macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
932@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
933The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
934the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
935These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
936@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
937the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
938hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
939register.
940
941@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
942@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
943This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
944hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 945@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
946address whose watchpoint triggered.
947
948@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
949@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
950This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
951bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
952the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
953@end table
954
955@noindent
956@strong{Notes:}
957@enumerate 1
958@item
959x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
960However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
961@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
962watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
963on x86.
964
965@item
966x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
967only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
968there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
969whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
970current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
971always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
972watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
973unavailable in many platforms.
974@end enumerate
975
5c95884b
MS
976@section Checkpoints
977@cindex checkpoints
978@cindex restart
979In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
980the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
981
982Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
983whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
984state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
985registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
986of open files and devices.
987
988There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 989in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
990method implemented on the target side.
991
992A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
993state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
994not typically include information about external entities such as
995open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
996
997A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
998as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
999is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1000be used on other systems.
1001
b247355e 1002Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1003method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1004advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1005details of how it is done.
1006
1007
bcd7e15f
JB
1008@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1009@cindex observer pattern interface
1010@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1011
1012In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1013some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1014modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1015hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1016versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1017@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1018a strong limitation.
1019
1020A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1021Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1022a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1023previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1024easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1025interface when adding new notifications.
1026
1027See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1028currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1029implementation is also briefly discussed.
1030
c906108c
SS
1031@node User Interface
1032
1033@chapter User Interface
1034
25822942 1035@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
1036is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
1037
1038@section Command Interpreter
1039
56caf160 1040@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1041@cindex CLI
25822942 1042The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1043allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1044has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1045a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1046
56caf160
EZ
1047For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1048@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1049to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1050
56caf160
EZ
1051@findex add_cmd
1052@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1053To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1054the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1055place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1056the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1057
40dd2248
TT
1058@findex add_setshow_cmd
1059@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1060To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1061@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1062a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1063further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1064the new command structures for manipulation.
1065
56caf160
EZ
1066@cindex deprecating commands
1067@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1068Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1069deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1070aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1071@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1072return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1073command immediately after it is created.
1074
c72e7388 1075The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1076replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1077@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1078entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1079
0ee54786
EZ
1080@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1081@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1082@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1083
1084@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1085The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1086@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1087interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1088from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1089every UI, to produce output.
1090
1091@subsection Overview and Terminology
1092
1093In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1094of output, and can even generate an input request.
1095
1096Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1097
1098@itemize @bullet
1099@item
1100to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1101
1102@item
1103to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1104operation;
1105
1106@item
1107to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1108progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1109
1110@item
1111to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1112
1113@item
1114to show @emph{debug data};
1115
1116@item
1117to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1118@end itemize
1119
1120@noindent
1121This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1122although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1123
1124Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1125involves one or more of the following:
1126
1127@itemize @bullet
1128@item
1129output of the actual data
1130
1131@item
1132formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1133easily readable by humans
1134
1135@item
1136machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1137parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1138
1139@item
c72e7388
AC
1140annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1141parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1142@end itemize
1143
1144The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1145Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1146of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1147deprecated.
1148
c72e7388
AC
1149Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1150a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1151non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1152header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1153
c72e7388
AC
1154@table @code
1155@item <table> @expansion{}
1156@code{<header> <body>}
1157@item <header> @expansion{}
1158@code{@{ <column> @}}
1159@item <column> @expansion{}
1160@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1161@item <body> @expansion{}
1162@code{@{<row>@}}
1163@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1164
1165
1166@subsection General Conventions
1167
c72e7388
AC
1168Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1169@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1170object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1171
c72e7388
AC
1172The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1173to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1174
c72e7388
AC
1175The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1176When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1177sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1178format.
1179
c72e7388
AC
1180When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1181call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1182
1183
c72e7388 1184@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1185
1186@cindex list output functions
1187@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1188@cindex tuple output functions
1189This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1190tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1191(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1192
c72e7388
AC
1193To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1194containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1195fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1196
c72e7388
AC
1197Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1198rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1199even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1200
1201@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1202Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1203maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1204
1205The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1206
474c8240 1207@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1208 ui_out_table_begin
1209 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1210 @dots{}
0ee54786 1211 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1212 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1213 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1214 @dots{}
1215 ui_out_tuple_end
1216 @dots{}
0ee54786 1217 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1218@end smallexample
0ee54786 1219
c72e7388 1220Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1221functions:
1222
c72e7388
AC
1223@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1224The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1225of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1226function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1227the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1228@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1229pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1230@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1231was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1232
1233The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1234the end of the table's output.
1235@end deftypefun
1236
c72e7388
AC
1237@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1238@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1239table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1240column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1241@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1242
1243The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1244value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1245@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1246center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1247specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1248column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1249call.
0ee54786
EZ
1250@end deftypefun
1251
1252@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1253This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1254@end deftypefun
1255
1256@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1257This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1258after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1259functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1260
1261There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1262call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1263will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1264@end deftypefun
1265
c72e7388 1266The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1267call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1268@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1269@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1270calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1271
c72e7388
AC
1272@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1273This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1274to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1275implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1276after the call.
1277@end deftypefun
1278
1279@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1280This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1281one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1282@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1283be signaled.
1284@end deftypefun
1285
1286@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1287This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1288(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1289and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1290cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1291@smallexample
1292struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1293ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1294old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1295 uiout);
1296@end smallexample
1297@end deftypefun
1298
1299@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1300This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1301an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1302implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1303after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1304@end deftypefun
1305
1306@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1307This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1308one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1309@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1310be signaled.
1311@end deftypefun
1312
1313@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1314Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1315opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1316that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1317@end deftypefun
1318
1319@subsection Item Output Functions
1320
1321@cindex item output functions
1322@cindex field output functions
1323@cindex data output
1324The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1325items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1326
1327Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1328
1329@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1330This is the most general output function. It produces the
1331representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1332according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1333@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1334supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1335supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1336
1337This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1338use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1339@end deftypefun
1340
c72e7388 1341@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1342This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1343@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1344the name of the field.
1345@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1346
1347@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1348This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1349@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1350@var{fldname} specifies
1351the name of the field.
1352@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1353
c72e7388 1354@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1355This function outputs an address.
1356@end deftypefun
1357
c72e7388 1358@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1359This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1360specification.
1361@end deftypefun
1362
1363Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1364functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1365@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1366the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1367used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1368of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1369@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1370you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1371@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1372@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1373and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1374constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1375you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1376@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1377
1378@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1379This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1380same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1381passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1382@code{ui_stream} object.
1383@end deftypefun
1384
1385@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1386This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1387@var{streambuf}.
1388@end deftypefun
1389
c72e7388 1390@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1391This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1392@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1393@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1394@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1395the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1396@end deftypefun
1397
1398@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1399out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1400@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1401cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1402skeleton code to do that:
1403
1404@smallexample
1405 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1406 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1407 ...
1408 do_cleanups (old);
1409@end smallexample
1410
1411If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1412of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1413
1414@smallexample
1415 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1416 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1417@end smallexample
1418
1419Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1420@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1421same buffer twice.
1422
1423@subsection Utility Output Functions
1424
c72e7388 1425@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1426This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1427an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1428@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1429@end deftypefun
1430
c72e7388 1431@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1432This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1433easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1434this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1435from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1436
1437Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1438the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1439to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1440string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1441output short messages.
1442@end deftypefun
1443
1444@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1445This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1446text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1447list.
1448@end deftypefun
1449
c72e7388 1450@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1451This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1452verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1453current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1454verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1455setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1456as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1457argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1458@end deftypefun
1459
1460@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1461This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1462of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1463output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1464be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1465accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1466explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1467@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1468@end deftypefun
1469
1470@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1471This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1472the UI buffers output.
1473@end deftypefun
1474
1475
1476@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1477
1478@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1479@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1480This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1481functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1482@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1483@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1484
1485This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1486produce a table.
1487
1488The original code was:
1489
474c8240 1490@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1491 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1492 @{
1493 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1494
1495 annotate_field (0);
1496 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1497 annotate_field (1);
1498 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1499 annotate_field (2);
1500 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1501 annotate_field (3);
1502 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1503 if (addressprint)
1504 @{
1505 annotate_field (4);
1506 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1507 @}
1508 annotate_field (5);
1509 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1510
1511 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1512 @}
474c8240 1513@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1514
1515Here's the new version:
1516
474c8240 1517@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1518 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1519
1520 if (addressprint)
1521 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1522 else
1523 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1524
1525 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1526 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1527 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1528 annotate_field (0);
1529 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1530 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1531 annotate_field (1);
1532 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1533 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1534 annotate_field (2);
1535 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1536 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1537 annotate_field (3);
1538 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1539 if (addressprint)
1540 @{
1541 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1542 annotate_field (4);
4a9bb1df 1543 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
c72e7388 1544 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1545 else
c72e7388
AC
1546 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1547 @}
1548 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1549 annotate_field (5);
1550 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1551 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1552 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1553 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1554@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1555
1556This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1557to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1558in the above example. The original code was:
1559
474c8240 1560@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1561 annotate_record ();
1562 annotate_field (0);
1563 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1564 annotate_field (1);
1565 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1566 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1567 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1568 (int)b->type);
1569 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1570 annotate_field (2);
1571 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1572 annotate_field (3);
1573 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1574 @dots{}
474c8240 1575@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1576
1577This is the new version:
1578
474c8240 1579@smallexample
0ee54786 1580 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1581 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1582 annotate_field (0);
1583 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1584 annotate_field (1);
1585 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1586 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1587 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1588 (int) b->type);
1589 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1590 annotate_field (2);
1591 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1592 annotate_field (3);
1593 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1594 @dots{}
474c8240 1595@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1596
1597This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1598produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1599functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1600automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1601
474c8240 1602@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1603 annotate_field (5);
1604 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1605@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1606
1607The new version is:
1608
474c8240 1609@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1610 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1611 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1612 ...
1613 annotate_field (5);
1614 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1615 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1616@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1617
1618This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1619@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1620was:
1621
474c8240 1622@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1623 annotate_field (5);
1624 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1625 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1626 else
1627 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1628@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1629
1630It became:
1631
474c8240 1632@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1633 annotate_field (5);
1634 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1635 @{
1636 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1637 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1638 @}
1639 else
1640 @{
1641 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1642 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1643 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1644 @}
474c8240 1645@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1646
1647The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1648use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1649code was:
1650
474c8240 1651@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1652 annotate_field (5);
1653 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1654 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1655@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1656
1657It became:
1658
474c8240 1659@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1660 annotate_field (5);
1661 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1662 @{
1663 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1664 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1665 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1666 @}
474c8240 1667@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1668
1669Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1670code was:
1671
474c8240 1672@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1673 annotate_field (5);
1674 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1675 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1676@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1677
1678It became:
1679
474c8240 1680@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1681 annotate_field (5);
1682 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1683 @{
1684 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1685 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1686 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1687 @}
474c8240 1688@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1689
1690Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1691
474c8240 1692@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1693 annotate_field (4);
1694 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1695 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1696@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1697
1698It became:
1699
474c8240 1700@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1701 annotate_field (4);
1702 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1703@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1704
1705
c906108c
SS
1706@section Console Printing
1707
1708@section TUI
1709
89437448 1710@node libgdb
c906108c 1711
89437448
AC
1712@chapter libgdb
1713
1714@section libgdb 1.0
1715@cindex @code{libgdb}
1716@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1717to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1718
1719@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1720@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1721@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1722better able to support graphical and other environments.
1723
1724Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1725evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1726
1727@itemize @bullet
1728@item
1729Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1730@item
1731Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1732@item
1733Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1734@item
1735Library - @file{gdb.h}
1736@end itemize
1737
1738The model that ties these components together is described below.
1739
1740@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1741
1742A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1743
1744@itemize @bullet
1745@item
1746As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1747@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1748state, etc).
1749@item
1750As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1751obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1752@end itemize
1753
c1468174 1754Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1755the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1756controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1757@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1758before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1759
1760@section CLI support
1761
1762At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1763@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1764their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1765requirements.
1766
1767It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1768(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1769out the theory:
1770
1771@itemize @bullet
1772@item
1773The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1774@item
1775The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1776versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1777@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1778@item
1779The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1780used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1781@end itemize
1782
1783When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1784along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1785the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1786through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1787At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1788virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1789
1790The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1791@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1792client's custom builder).
1793
1794@section @code{libgdb} components
1795
1796@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1797@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1798be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1799observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1800the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1801finished the current command.
1802
1803@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1804@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1805create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1806when doing any queries.
1807
1808@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1809@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1810@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1811loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1812implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1813
1814The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1815@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1816instead of returning.
1817
1818@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1819@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1820the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1821builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1822before the query function returns.
c906108c 1823
669fac23
DJ
1824@node Stack Frames
1825@chapter Stack Frames
1826
1827@cindex frame
1828@cindex call stack frame
1829A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1830and called functions.
1831
1832@cindex unwind frame
1833@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1834need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1835the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1836Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1837read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1838@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1839
1840@findex frame_register_unwind
1841@findex get_frame_register
1842@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1843``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1844@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1845frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1846#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1847obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1848frame itself?
1849
1850@cindex sentinel frame
1851@findex get_frame_type
1852@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
1853To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
1854``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1855the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1856is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1857SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1858
1859@section Selecting an Unwinder
1860
1861@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1862@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
1863The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
1864frame_unwind}), using the functions
1865@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
1866@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
1867sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
1868previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
1869registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
1870The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
1871is assigned to the frame.
1872
1873@section Unwinding the Frame ID
1874@cindex frame ID
1875
1876Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
1877The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
1878the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
1879including while other called frames are running; it is used to
1880locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
1881
1882Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
1883cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
1884to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
1885frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
1886when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
1887frame_info} for the same frame.
1888
1889The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
1890Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
1891frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
1892registers.
1893
1894Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
1895frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
1896two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
1897address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
1898the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
1899the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
1900
1901An invalid frame ID (@code{null_frame_id}) returned from the
1902@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
1903
1904@section Unwinding Registers
1905
1906Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
1907takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
1908It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
1909as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
1910current in this frame's caller.
1911
1912The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
1913have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
1914will generate the appropriate value:
1915
1916@table @code
1917@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
1918@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
1919This register was not saved.
1920
1921@item frame_unwind_got_register
1922@findex frame_unwind_got_register
1923This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
1924is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
1925same register.
1926
1927@item frame_unwind_got_memory
1928@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
1929This register was saved in memory.
1930
1931@item frame_unwind_got_constant
1932@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
1933This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
1934value some other way.
1935
1936@item frame_unwind_got_address
1937@findex frame_unwind_got_address
1938Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
1939address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
1940explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
1941pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
1942generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
1943@end table
1944
c906108c
SS
1945@node Symbol Handling
1946
1947@chapter Symbol Handling
1948
25822942 1949Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1950functions, and types.
1951
1952@section Symbol Reading
1953
56caf160
EZ
1954@cindex symbol reading
1955@cindex reading of symbols
1956@cindex symbol files
1957@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1958file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1959debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1960symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1961more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1962reading symbols from shared libraries.
1963
1964@findex find_sym_fns
1965Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1966the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1967of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1968this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1969
1970@findex add_symtab_fns
1971@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1972@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1973Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1974@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1975to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1976name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1977and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1978times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1979prefix.
1980
1981The functions supplied by each module are:
1982
1983@table @code
1984@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1985
56caf160 1986@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1987Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1988symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1989resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1990read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1991might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1992whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1993
1994The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1995@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1996new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1997and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1998information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1999in the @code{private} field.
2000
2001There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2002@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2003
2004@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2005
2006Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2007This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2008state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2009@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2010arguments and no result. It may be called after
2011@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2012may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2013
2014@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2015
2016Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2017symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2018
56caf160 2019@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2020@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2021the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2022address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2023table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2024or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2025@end table
2026
2027In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2028@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2029to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2030from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2031
2032@table @code
2033@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2034
56caf160 2035Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2036the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2037pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2038symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2039@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2040zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2041@end table
2042
2043@section Partial Symbol Tables
2044
56caf160 2045@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2046
2047@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2048@cindex full symbol table
2049@cindex symtabs
2050@item
2051Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2052information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2053
56caf160
EZ
2054@cindex psymtabs
2055@item
2056Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2057information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2058symbol table.
2059
56caf160
EZ
2060@cindex minimal symbol table
2061@cindex minsymtabs
2062@item
2063Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2064gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2065@end itemize
2066
56caf160 2067@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2068This section describes partial symbol tables.
2069
2070A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2071file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2072extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2073need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2074information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2075quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2076pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2077the user.
2078@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2079
2080The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2081visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2082that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2083types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2084
2085The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2086full symbol table would represent.
2087
56caf160
EZ
2088@cindex finding a symbol
2089@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2090The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2091code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2092
2093@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2094@findex find_pc_function
2095@findex find_pc_line
2096@item
c1468174 2097By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2098function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2099range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2100@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2101@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2102
56caf160
EZ
2103@cindex lookup_symbol
2104@item
2105By its name
c1468174 2106(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2107function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2108psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2109have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2110case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2111qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2112local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2113does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2114@end itemize
2115
2116The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2117at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2118while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2119psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2120them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2121either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2122name.
2123
56caf160
EZ
2124It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2125been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2126in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2127all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2128ranges.
c906108c 2129
56caf160 2130The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2131thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2132be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2133bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2134and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2135on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2136unless you want to do a lot more work.
2137
2138@section Types
2139
56caf160 2140@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2141
56caf160 2142@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2143These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2144types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2145into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2146that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2147knows about.
c906108c 2148
56caf160 2149@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2150
56caf160
EZ
2151@cindex type codes
2152Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2153of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2154@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2155which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2156types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2157other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2158or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2159
56caf160 2160@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2161
2162These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2163fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2164use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2165eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2166initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2167@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2168an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2169@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2170only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2171@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2172some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2173
2174@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2175@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2176
2177@subsection a.out
2178
56caf160
EZ
2179@cindex @code{a.out} format
2180The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2181consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2182which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2183respectively.
c906108c 2184
56caf160 2185The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2186place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2187@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2188format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2189symbols with distinctive attributes.
2190
56caf160 2191The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2192
2193@subsection COFF
2194
56caf160 2195@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2196The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2197COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2198number of sections is limited.
2199
2200The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
2201was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
2202instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2203included file.
2204
2205The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2206
2207@subsection ECOFF
2208
56caf160 2209@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2210ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2211workstations.
2212
2213The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2214
2215@subsection XCOFF
2216
56caf160 2217@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2218The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2219The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2220symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2221@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2222information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2223
2224The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2225shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2226refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2227relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2228using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2229been run (or the core file has been read).
2230
2231@subsection PE
2232
56caf160
EZ
2233@cindex PE-COFF format
2234Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2235executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2236
25822942 2237While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2238COFF reader.
2239
2240@subsection ELF
2241
56caf160 2242@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
2243The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
2244to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
2245many of COFF's limitations.
2246
2247The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2248
2249@subsection SOM
2250
56caf160 2251@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2252SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2253SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2254
1a92f856 2255The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2256
c906108c
SS
2257@section Debugging File Formats
2258
2259This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2260are independent of the object file format.
2261
2262@subsection stabs
2263
56caf160 2264@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2265@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2266format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2267formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2268
2269While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2270including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2271the real work.
2272
2273@subsection COFF
2274
56caf160 2275@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2276The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2277of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2278
2279@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2280
56caf160 2281@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2282ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2283
2284The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2285
c906108c
SS
2286@subsection DWARF 2
2287
56caf160 2288@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2289DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2290
2291The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2292
31fffb02
CS
2293@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2294
2295@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2296Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2297merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2298format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2299information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2300is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2301DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2302DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2303
2304@itemize @bullet
2305@item
23064 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2307@item
23088 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2309order.
2310@end itemize
2311
2312The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2313Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2314@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2315
c906108c
SS
2316@subsection SOM
2317
56caf160 2318@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2319Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2320
25822942 2321@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2322
56caf160
EZ
2323@cindex adding debugging info reader
2324If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2325there is probably little to be done.
2326
2327If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2328BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2329
2330You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 2331debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 2332from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 2333information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
2334internal data structures.
2335
2336For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2337to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2338platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2339will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2340directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2341@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2342
c91d38aa
DJ
2343@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2344
2345Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2346its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2347namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2348
2349Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2350released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2351objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2352they could be unloaded at different times.
2353
2354User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2355these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2356is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2357the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2358
c906108c
SS
2359
2360@node Language Support
2361
2362@chapter Language Support
2363
56caf160
EZ
2364@cindex language support
2365@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2366although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2367manually.
c906108c 2368
56caf160
EZ
2369@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2370of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2371means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2372identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2373
25822942 2374@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2375
56caf160
EZ
2376@cindex adding source language
2377To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2378following steps:
c906108c
SS
2379
2380@table @emph
2381@item Create the expression parser.
2382
56caf160 2383@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2384This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2385building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2386@file{parse.c}.
2387
56caf160 2388@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2389Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2390parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2391@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2392various parsers from defining the same global names:
2393
474c8240 2394@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2395#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2396#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2397#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2398#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2399#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2400#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2401#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2402#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2403#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2404#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2405#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2406#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2407#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2408#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2409#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2410#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2411@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2412
2413At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2414initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2415@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2416@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2417that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2418and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2419@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2420language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2421for more information.
2422
2423@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2424
56caf160
EZ
2425@cindex expression evaluation routines
2426@findex evaluate_subexp
2427@findex prefixify_subexp
2428@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2429If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2430add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2431code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2432defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2433for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2434@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2435the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2436
2437@item Update some existing code
2438
2439Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2440@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2441
2442Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2443These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2444are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2445statement, an error is reported.
2446
56caf160 2447@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2448Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2449@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2450@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2451string.
2452
56caf160 2453@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2454Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2455language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2456dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2457
56caf160 2458@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2459Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2460code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2461This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2462Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2463file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2464information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2465code.
2466
56caf160
EZ
2467@findex print_subexp
2468@findex op_print_tab
2469Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2470expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2471printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2472
2473@item Add a place of call
2474
56caf160 2475@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2476Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2477@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2478
2479@item Use macros to trim code
2480
56caf160 2481@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2482The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2483languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2484@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2485macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2486leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2487using your language.
2488
25822942 2489Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2490is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2491compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2492
56caf160
EZ
2493See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2494for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2495
2496@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2497
2498Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2499variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2500not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2501distribution!
c906108c
SS
2502@end table
2503
2504
2505@node Host Definition
2506
2507@chapter Host Definition
2508
56caf160 2509With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2510definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2511mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2512
2513@section Adding a New Host
2514
56caf160
EZ
2515@cindex adding a new host
2516@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2517@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2518New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2519@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2520below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2521eventually disappear.
c906108c 2522
c906108c 2523@table @file
c906108c 2524@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2525This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2526(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2527configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2528
2529Host configuration information included a definition of
2530@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2531@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2532@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2533
7fd60527
AC
2534New host only configurations do not need this file.
2535
c906108c 2536@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2537This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2538gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2539handled by Autoconf.
2540
2541New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2542
2543@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2544file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2545@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2546also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2547
c906108c
SS
2548@end table
2549
2550@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2551
56caf160 2552@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2553There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2554various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2555defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2556the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2557@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2558
2559Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2560to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2561Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2562into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2563
2564@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2565@cindex remote debugging support
2566@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2567@item ser-unix.c
2568This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2569included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2570variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2571
2572@item ser-go32.c
2573This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2574using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2575
56caf160 2576@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2577@item ser-tcp.c
2578This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2579@end table
2580
2581@section Host Conditionals
2582
56caf160
EZ
2583When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2584defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2585attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2586the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2587they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2588
56caf160 2589@ftable @code
25822942 2590@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2591The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2592@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2593
cce74817
JM
2594@item NO_STD_REGS
2595This macro is deprecated.
2596
c906108c
SS
2597@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2598If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2599of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2600
2601@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2602Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2603the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2604
c906108c 2605@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2606@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2607Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2608line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2609characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2610which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2611mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2612
2613@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2614@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2615The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2616
2617@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2618@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2619The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2620
c906108c
SS
2621@item FOPEN_RB
2622Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2623
c906108c 2624@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2625@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2626In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2627tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2628
c906108c
SS
2629@item HAVE_TERMIO
2630Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2631
c906108c 2632@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2633@itemx INT_MIN
2634@itemx LONG_MAX
2635@itemx UINT_MAX
2636@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2637Values for host-side constants.
2638
2639@item ISATTY
2640Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2641
2642@item LONGEST
2643This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2644it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2645@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2646
2647@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2648@cindex @code{long long} data type
2649Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2650by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2651
2652@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2653Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2654the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2655@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2656
2657@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2658Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2659set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2660
2661@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2662Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2663numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2664set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2665
2666@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2667Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2668float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2669@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2670
2671@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2672Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2673@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2674is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2675
2676@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2677This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2678@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2679which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2680
c906108c
SS
2681@item NORETURN
2682If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2683that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2684indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2685if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2686
2687@item ATTR_NORETURN
2688If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2689@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2690of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2691set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2692defined.
2693
c906108c 2694@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2695@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2696Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2697defined.
2698
2699@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2700This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2701@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2702
c906108c
SS
2703@item USG
2704Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2705This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2706@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2707
2708@item lint
56caf160 2709Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2710
2711@item volatile
2712Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2713@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2714@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2715
2716
2717@node Target Architecture Definition
2718
2719@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2720
56caf160
EZ
2721@cindex target architecture definition
2722@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2723machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2724with them.
c906108c 2725
af6c57ea
AC
2726The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2727@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2728using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2729
b6fd0dfb
NR
2730@menu
2731* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2732* Initialize New Architecture::
2733* Registers and Memory::
2734* Pointers and Addresses::
2735* Address Classes::
2736* Raw and Virtual Registers::
2737* Register and Memory Data::
2738* Frame Interpretation::
2739* Inferior Call Setup::
2740* Compiler Characteristics::
2741* Target Conditionals::
2742* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2743@end menu
2744
2745@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2746@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2747@cindex OS ABI variants
2748
2749@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2750ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2751variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2752components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2753
2754A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2755(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2756OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2757to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2758considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2759overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2760architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2761different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2762OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2763examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2764sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2765
2766@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2767A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2768selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2769for each BFD architecture.
2770
f4b3909f 2771The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2772
2773@table @code
2774
f4b3909f
EZ
2775@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2776@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2777Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2778
70f80edf
JT
2779@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2780@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2781The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2782settings for the architecture will be used.
2783
2784@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2785@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2786UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2787
2788@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2789@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2790GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2791
2792@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2793@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2794Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2795
2796@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2797@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2798OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2799
2800@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2801@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2802GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2803
2804@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2805@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2806FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2807
2808@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2809@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2810FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2811
2812@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2813@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2814NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2815
2816@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2817@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2818NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2819
2820@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2821@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2822OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2823
2824@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2825@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2826Windows CE.
70f80edf 2827
1029b7fa
MK
2828@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2829@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2830DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2831
f4b3909f
EZ
2832@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2833@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2834Irix.
2835
f4b3909f
EZ
2836@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2837@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2838Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2839
f4b3909f
EZ
2840@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2841@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2842HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2843
f4b3909f
EZ
2844@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2845@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2846HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2847
f4b3909f
EZ
2848@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2849@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2850QNX Neutrino.
2851
2852@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2853@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2854Cygwin.
2855
2856@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2857@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2858AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2859
2860@end table
2861
2862Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2863
2864@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2865Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2866@end deftypefun
2867
c133ab7a 2868@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2869Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2870architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2871@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2872machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2873will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2874@end deftypefun
2875
2876@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2877Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2878BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2879If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2880be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2881any architecture.
2882@end deftypefun
2883
2884@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2885Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2886The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2887be determined.
2888@end deftypefun
2889
2890@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2891Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2892@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2893corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2894architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2895with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2896@end deftypefun
2897
f4b3909f
EZ
2898@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2899Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2900@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2901from the note. This function should be called via
2902@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2903@end deftypefun
2904
b6fd0dfb 2905@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2906@section Initializing a New Architecture
2907
2908Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2909via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2910registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2911the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2912be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2913are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2914
2915The initialization function has this type:
2916
2917@smallexample
2918static struct gdbarch *
2919@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2920 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2921@end smallexample
2922
2923The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2924architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2925have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2926value.
2927
2928The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2929is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2930search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2931return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2932create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2933
2934Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2935architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2936defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2937However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2938so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2939defaults from @var{arches}.
2940
b6fd0dfb 2941@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
2942@section Registers and Memory
2943
56caf160
EZ
2944@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2945@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2946block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2947
56caf160
EZ
2948@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2949compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2950that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2951to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 2952and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 2953
25822942 2954@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2955
b6fd0dfb 2956@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
2957@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2958@cindex pointer representation
2959@cindex address representation
2960@cindex word-addressed machines
2961@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2962@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2963@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2964@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2965@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2966@cindex D10V addresses
2967
2968On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2969indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2970whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2971machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2972However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2973address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2974identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2975
172c2a43 2976For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2977instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2978actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2979jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2980full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2981If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2982then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2983However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2984low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2985zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2986the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2987refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2988code space.
2989
2990However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2991forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2992@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2993@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2994
2995(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2996affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2997going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2998
56caf160
EZ
2999To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3000one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3001byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3002of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3003@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3004@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3005@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3006and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3007
3008Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3009processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3010each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3011distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3012clean up some architecture-independent code.
3013
3014Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3015
3016@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3017Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3018@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3019appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3020@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3021@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3022inferior's.
3023
3024For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3025extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3026@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3027D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3028@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3029
3030If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3031will signal an internal error.
3032@end deftypefun
3033
3034@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3035Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3036pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3037@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3038inferior's.
3039
3040For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3041stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3042appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3043is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3044a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3045
3046If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3047will signal an internal error.
3048@end deftypefun
3049
f23631e4 3050@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3051Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3052as appropriate for the current architecture.
3053
3054This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3055For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3056described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3057@end deftypefun
3058
3059@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3060Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3061the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3062This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3063above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3064@end deftypefun
3065
4a9bb1df 3066Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3067relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3068definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3069simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3070
4a9bb1df 3071@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3072Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3073appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3074address the pointer refers to.
3075
3076This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3077C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3078@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3079
4a9bb1df 3080@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3081Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3082@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3083
3084This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3085C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3086@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3087
b6fd0dfb 3088@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3089@section Address Classes
3090@cindex address classes
3091@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3092@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3093
3094Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3095via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3096define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3097distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3098info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3099address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3100following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3101types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3102a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3103
4a9bb1df 3104@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3105Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3106is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3107This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3108@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3109@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3110
4a9bb1df 3111@deftypefun char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3112Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3113its name.
4a9bb1df
UW
3114@end deftypefun
3115@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3116Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3117for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3118@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3119
3120Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3121the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3122functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3123
3124Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
312532-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3126suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3127uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3128of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3129to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3130
3131@smallexample
3132somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3133 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3134@{
b5b0480a
KB
3135 if (byte_size == 2)
3136 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3137 else
3138 return 0;
f2abfe65 3139@}
b5b0480a
KB
3140
3141static char *
3142somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3143@{
b5b0480a
KB
3144 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3145 return "short";
3146 else
3147 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3148@}
b5b0480a
KB
3149
3150int
3151somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3152 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3153@{
b5b0480a 3154 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3155 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3156 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3157 return 1;
f2abfe65 3158 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3159 else
3160 return 0;
f2abfe65 3161@}
b5b0480a
KB
3162@end smallexample
3163
3164The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
3165to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
3166the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
3167short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
3168
3169@smallexample
3170(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3171type = int * @@short
3172@end smallexample
3173
93e79dbd 3174
b6fd0dfb 3175@node Raw and Virtual Registers
13d01224
AC
3176@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3177@cindex raw register representation
3178@cindex virtual register representation
3179@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3180
3181@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3182functionality described here has largely been replaced by
3183pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
3184Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
3185Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3186Bug Tracking Database} and
3187@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3188up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3189
9fb4dd36
JB
3190Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3191register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3192In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3193the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3194used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3195
13d01224
AC
3196@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3197both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3198register forms.}
3199
9fb4dd36
JB
3200For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3201raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3202However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3203
3204@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3205@item
56caf160 3206The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3207we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3208floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3209are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3210allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3211type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3212arrangement is the virtual representation.
3213
3214@item
25822942
DB
3215Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3216registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3217bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3218raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3219virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3220@end itemize
3221
3222In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3223@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3224can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3225@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3226@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3227
56caf160
EZ
3228Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3229conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3230
3231@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3232Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3233and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3234
3235You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3236unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3237@end deftypefn
3238
12c266ea 3239@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 3240The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 3241of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3242remote protocol packet.
3243@end deftypefn
3244
f30992d4 3245@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3246The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
3247This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
3248register's value.
3249@end deftypefn
3250
2e092625 3251@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3252This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
3253@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 3254register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3255always uses the virtual form.
3256@end deftypefn
3257
3258@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3259Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3260should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3261at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3262convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3263
6f6ef15a
EZ
3264Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3265@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3266arguments in different orders.
3267
3268You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3269for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3270value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3271@end deftypefn
3272
3273@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3274Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3275should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3276at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3277convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3278
3279Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3280their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3281@end deftypefn
3282
3283
b6fd0dfb 3284@node Register and Memory Data
13d01224
AC
3285@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3286@cindex register representation
3287@cindex memory representation
3288@cindex representations, register and memory
3289@cindex register data formats, converting
3290@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3291
3292@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3293significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3294section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3295@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3296@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3297further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3298
3299Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3300form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3301For example:
3302
3303@itemize @bullet
3304
3305@item
3306The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3307floating-point registers.
3308
3309@item
3310The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3311@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3312when stored in a register.
3313
3314@end itemize
3315
3316In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3317the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3318the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3319Interface.
3320
3321For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3322representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3323However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3324following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3325representations of a data type:
3326
4a9bb1df 3327@deftypefun int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224
AC
3328Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3329register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3330when stored in memory.
3331
4a9bb1df
UW
3332When non-zero, the macros @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3333@code{value_to_register} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
83acabca
DJ
3334
3335This function should return zero for the register's native type, when
3336no conversion is necessary.
4a9bb1df 3337@end deftypefun
13d01224 3338
4a9bb1df 3339@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3340Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3341@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3342format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3343
4a9bb1df
UW
3344Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3345take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3346
4a9bb1df
UW
3347You should only use @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} with registers for which
3348the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3349@end deftypefun
13d01224 3350
4a9bb1df 3351@deftypefun void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3352Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3353raw format.
3354
4a9bb1df
UW
3355Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3356take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3357
4a9bb1df
UW
3358You should only use @code{gdbarch_value_to_register} with registers for which
3359the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3360@end deftypefun
13d01224
AC
3361
3362@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
3363See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
3364@end deftypefn
3365
b6fd0dfb 3366@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3367@section Frame Interpretation
3368
b6fd0dfb 3369@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c
SS
3370@section Inferior Call Setup
3371
b6fd0dfb 3372@node Compiler Characteristics
c906108c
SS
3373@section Compiler Characteristics
3374
b6fd0dfb 3375@node Target Conditionals
c906108c
SS
3376@section Target Conditionals
3377
4a9bb1df
UW
3378This section describes the macros and functions that you can use to define the
3379target machine.
c906108c
SS
3380
3381@table @code
3382
4a9bb1df
UW
3383@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
3384@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 3385If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
3386really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
3387@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
3388in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
3389
3390For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
33912.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3392instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3393boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
3394address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
3395example look like that:
3396@smallexample
3397arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
3398@{
3399 return (addr &= ~0x3);
3400@}
3401@end smallexample
c906108c 3402
4a9bb1df
UW
3403@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3404@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3405If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3406referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3407and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3408return 0.
3409
3410The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3411@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3412possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3413@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3414
4a9bb1df
UW
3415@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3416@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
3417Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
3418has been defined.
3419
4a9bb1df
UW
3420@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3421@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3422Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3423the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3424used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3425returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3426@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3427values or'd together.
3428@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3429
4a9bb1df
UW
3430@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3431@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
3432Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
3433been defined.
3434
4a9bb1df
UW
3435@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
3436@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
3437Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3438flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3439
4a9bb1df
UW
3440@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
3441@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
3442Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3443@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3444
4a9bb1df
UW
3445@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
3446@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
3447Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3448@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 3449This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3450C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3451@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3452
4a9bb1df
UW
3453@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
3454@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
3455Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
3456parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3457original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3458
32c9a795
MD
3459@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
3460@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
3461This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
3462the endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3463are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 3464
32c9a795
MD
3465@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
3466@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
3467Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
3468bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
3469little-endian.
3470
c906108c 3471@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3472@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3473This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3474memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3475instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3476pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3477longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3478
56caf160 3479@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 3480@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3481
c906108c 3482@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3483@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3484@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3485@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3486Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3487
56caf160 3488@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 3489favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3490
4a9bb1df
UW
3491@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3492@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
3493@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42
AC
3494contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3495a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3496length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3497counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3498breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3499
3500Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3501not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3502instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3503instruction of the architecture.
3504
7a292a7a
SS
3505Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3506
4a9bb1df
UW
3507@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3508@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3509@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
3510@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
3511Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3512(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3513@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
3514provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
3515architectures. Architectures which may want to set
3516@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
3517conventional manner.
3518
3519It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3520custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 3521@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3522reason.
3523
4a9bb1df
UW
3524@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
3525@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
3526@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3527Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3528address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3529breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3530
3531The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3532The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3533instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3534instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3535one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3536in parallel.
3537
3538In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3539from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3540information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3541refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3542if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3543statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3544instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3545(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3546in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3547at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3548
4a9bb1df 3549The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
3550breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3551the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3552
3553Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3554expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3555is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3556
4a9bb1df
UW
3557@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
3558@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 3559See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3560
4a9bb1df
UW
3561This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
3562(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 3563
4a9bb1df
UW
3564@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
3565@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
3566This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
c906108c
SS
3567from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3568@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3569
4a9bb1df
UW
3570@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
3571@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
3572This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 3573written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
3574status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
3575default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3576
4a9bb1df
UW
3577@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
3578@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
3579Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
3580@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
3581@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3582
4a9bb1df
UW
3583@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
3584@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
3585This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 3586program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3587@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3588
56caf160
EZ
3589@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3590@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3591If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3592library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3593
5fc14d0a 3594@item void gdbarch_print_float_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
4a9bb1df 3595@findex gdbarch_print_float_info
5e74b15c
RE
3596If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3597the processor's floating point unit.
3598
4a9bb1df
UW
3599@item void gdbarch_print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3600@findex gdbarch_print_registers_info
0ab7a791
AC
3601If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3602specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3603either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3604registers (@var{all} is zero).
3605
3606The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3607zero omits floating-point registers.
3608
4a9bb1df
UW
3609@item int gdbarch_print_vector_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
3610@findex gdbarch_print_vector_info
e76f1f2e
AC
3611If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3612to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3613
3614By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3615registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3616
4a9bb1df
UW
3617@item int gdbarch_dwarf_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf_regnr})
3618@findex gdbarch_dwarf_reg_to_regnum
3619Convert DWARF register number @var{dwarf_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
3620not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 3621
4a9bb1df
UW
3622@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
3623@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
3624Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
3625If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 3626
4a9bb1df
UW
3627@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
3628@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
3629Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
3630not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 3631
0ba6dca9
AC
3632@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3633@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3634If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3635macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3636
0ba6dca9
AC
3637This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3638is not defined.
c906108c 3639
19772a2c
AC
3640@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3641@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3642Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3643represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3644Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3645
4a9bb1df 3646@item CORE_ADDR frame_align (@var{gdbarch}, @var{address})
790eb8f5
AC
3647@anchor{frame_align}
3648@findex frame_align
3649Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3650requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3651alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
5fc14d0a 3652stack alignment requirements.
790eb8f5
AC
3653
3654This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3655the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3656value are correctly aligned.
3657
5fc14d0a
EZ
3658This function always adjusts the address in the direction of stack
3659growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3660
3661By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3662
4a9bb1df
UW
3663@item int gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size (@var{gdbarch})
3664@findex gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size
8b148df9
AC
3665The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3666@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3667allocating extra stack space).
3668
3669When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3670modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
4a9bb1df 3671@var{gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
8b148df9
AC
3672stack.
3673
3674By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3675(@pxref{frame_align}).
3676
3677The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3678@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3679@cindex red zone
3680
618ce49f
AC
3681@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3682@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3683Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3684
618ce49f
AC
3685@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3686@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3687Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3688outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3689situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3690chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3691startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3692@code{_start}.
c906108c 3693
f30ee0bc
AC
3694@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3695@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3696See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3697current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3698@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3699@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3700@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3701
fb8f8949 3702@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3703
4a9bb1df
UW
3704@item int gdbarch_frame_num_args (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
3705@findex gdbarch_frame_num_args
3706For the frame described by @var{frame} return the number of arguments that
392a587b
JM
3707are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3708@code{-1}.
c906108c 3709
8bedc050
AC
3710@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3711@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3712@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3713saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063 3714
4a9bb1df 3715This method is deprecated. @xref{gdbarch_unwind_pc}.
12cc2063 3716
4a9bb1df
UW
3717@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_pc (@var{next_frame})
3718@findex gdbarch_unwind_pc
3719@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in
3720@var{next_frame}'s caller, at which execution will resume after
3721@var{next_frame} returns. This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3722
3723The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3724is typically no more than:
3725
3726@smallexample
3727ULONGEST pc;
11411de3 3728pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_PC_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3729return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
12cc2063
AC
3730@end smallexample
3731
3732@noindent
8bedc050 3733@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3734
4a9bb1df
UW
3735@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_sp (@var{gdbarch}, @var{next_frame})
3736@findex gdbarch_unwind_sp
3737@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3738commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3739
3740The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3741is typically no more than:
3742
3743@smallexample
3744ULONGEST sp;
11411de3 3745sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_SP_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3746return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
a9e5fdc2
AC
3747@end smallexample
3748
3749@noindent
3750@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3751
c906108c 3752@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3753@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3754For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3755function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3756@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3757function's epilogue.
3758
782263ab
AC
3759@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3760@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3761An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3762used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3763function's first genuine instruction.
3764
3765This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3766the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3767example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3768indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3769VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3770appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3771function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3772@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3773
c906108c 3774@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3775@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3776@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3777@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3778If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3779look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3780are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3781respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3782
4a9bb1df
UW
3783@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
3784@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
c906108c
SS
3785For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3786DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3787the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3788
56caf160
EZ
3789This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3790assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3791@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3792pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3793
268e2188
AC
3794@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3795@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3796Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3797conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3798feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3799repenting at leisure.
3800
9742079a
EZ
3801@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3802An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3803support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3804
4a9bb1df
UW
3805@item int gdbarch_inner_than (@var{gdbarch}, @var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3806@findex gdbarch_inner_than
c906108c 3807Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
4a9bb1df
UW
3808stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Let the function return
3809@w{@code{lhs < rhs}} if the target's stack grows downward in memory, or
3810@w{@code{lhs > rsh}} if the stack grows upward.
c906108c 3811
4a9bb1df 3812@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 3813@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 3814Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
3815The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3816the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3817final `return from function call' instruction.
3818
4a9bb1df
UW
3819@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
3820@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
3821Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
3822trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3823
56caf160
EZ
3824@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3825@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
4a9bb1df 3826Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
3827dynamic linker.
3828
56caf160
EZ
3829@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3830@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3831Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3832should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3833function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3834to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3835stepping will suffice.
3836
4a9bb1df
UW
3837@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3838@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
3839@cindex converting integers to addresses
3840Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3841conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3842the current architectures conventions.
3843
3844@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3845their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3846@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3847computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3848major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3849other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3850conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3851out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3852to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3853disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 3854method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
3855@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3856
3857@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3858Addresses}.
3859
4a9bb1df
UW
3860@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3861@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
3862Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3863appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3864address the pointer refers to.
3865@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3866
4a9bb1df
UW
3867@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
3868@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
3869Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3870@var{type}.
4281a42e 3871@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3872
617073a9
AC
3873@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3874@findex register_reggroup_p
3875@cindex register groups
3876Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3877group @var{reggroup}.
3878
3879By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3880
3881@table @code
3882@item float_reggroup
3883Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3884@item vector_reggroup
3885Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3886@item general_reggroup
3887Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3888floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3889@item save_reggroup
3890@itemx restore_reggroup
3891@itemx all_reggroup
3892Any register with a valid name.
3893@end table
3894
f30992d4
AC
3895@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3896@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3897Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3898register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3899Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3900@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3901
2e092625 3902@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3903@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3904Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3905@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3906
77e7e267
AC
3907@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3908@findex register_type
3909If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
d3e8051b 3910supersedes @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3911Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3912
9fb4dd36 3913@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3914@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3915Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3916form.
13d01224 3917@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3918
3919@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3920@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3921Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3922form.
13d01224 3923@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3924
0ab4b752
MK
3925@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3926@findex regset_from_core_section
3927Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3928@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3929
b0ed3589 3930@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3931@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3932Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3933mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3934
d3e8051b 3935@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3936@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3937A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3938@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3939the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3940for examples.
3941
e35879db
UW
3942@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
3943@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
3944Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3945debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3946them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3947address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3948linking faster.
3949
3950Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
3951argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
3952are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
3953debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
3954addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
3955mark the starts and ends of functions.
3956
3957In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
3958
3959@itemize @bullet
3960@item
3961@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
3962addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
3963taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
3964minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
3965has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
3966that carries the address.
3967
3968@item
3969@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3970@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
3971guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
3972@end itemize
3973
4a9bb1df
UW
3974@item int gdbarch_pc_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3975@findex gdbarch_pc_regnum
3976If the program counter is kept in a register, then let this function return
3977the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
c906108c 3978
4a9bb1df
UW
3979This should only need to be defined if @code{gdbarch_read_pc} and
3980@code{gdbarch_write_pc} are not defined.
2df3850c 3981
4a9bb1df
UW
3982@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3983@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
3984@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
3985nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
3986instead of value.
a38c9fe6 3987
c906108c 3988@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3989@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3990A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3991
4a9bb1df
UW
3992@item gdbarch_ps_regnum (@var{gdbarch}
3993@findex gdbarch_ps_regnum
3994If defined, this function returns the number of the processor status
3995register.
3996(This definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
c906108c 3997
4a9bb1df
UW
3998@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
3999@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
b81774d8 4000@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
4a9bb1df
UW
4001@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4002the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4003code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4004the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4005
86fe4aaa 4006@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4007function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4008
b24da7d0 4009Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
4010
4011This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
4012
4a9bb1df
UW
4013@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4014@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4015@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4016instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4017called function should return.
4018
4019Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4020should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4021the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4022
4023By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4024(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4025reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4026
4a9bb1df 4027This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}} and
28954179 4028@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 4029
4a9bb1df
UW
4030@item const char *gdbarch_register_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnr})
4031@findex gdbarch_register_name
4032Return the name of register @var{regnr} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
4033to indicate that @var{regnr} is not a valid register.
c906108c 4034
4a9bb1df
UW
4035@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4036@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4037Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4038regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4039
963e2bb7 4040@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4041@findex gdbarch_return_value
4042@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4043type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4044would use.
4045
4046@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4047@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4048in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4049value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4050passed in as the function's first parameter.
4051
963e2bb7
AC
4052If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4053non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4054@var{regcache}.
4055
963e2bb7 4056If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4057non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4058@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4059just returned function).
4060
92ad9cd9
AC
4061@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4062store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4063the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4064@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4065instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4066return-value extract and store.}
4067
4068@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4069parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4070that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4071then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4072@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4073
4074@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4075to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4076@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4077limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4078
4a9bb1df
UW
4079@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4080@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4081Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4082steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4083re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4084hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4085doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4086processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4087This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4088of a branch or jump.
4089
4a9bb1df
UW
4090@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_prologue (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ip})
4091@findex gdbarch_skip_prologue
4092A function that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
4093function entry prologue found at @var{ip}.
c906108c 4094
4a9bb1df
UW
4095@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4096@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4097If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4098the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4099that is at the start of the real function.
4100
4a9bb1df
UW
4101@item int gdbarch_sp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4102@findex gdbarch_sp_regnum
4103If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then use this function to return
6c0e89ed
AC
4104the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
4105there is no such register.
c906108c 4106
4a9bb1df
UW
4107@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4108@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4109Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4110regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4111
c906108c 4112@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4113@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4114The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4115current sources.)
4116
c906108c 4117@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4118@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4119Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4120
4a9bb1df
UW
4121@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4122@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4123Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4124it should be unsigned.
4125
4126The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4127equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4128character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4129Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4130on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4131
4a9bb1df
UW
4132@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4133@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4134Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4135
4a9bb1df
UW
4136@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4137@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4138Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4139
4a9bb1df
UW
4140@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4141@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4142Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4143
4a9bb1df
UW
4144@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4145@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4146Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4147
4a9bb1df
UW
4148@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4149@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4150Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4151defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4152
4153@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4154@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4155Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4156@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4157
4158@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4159@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4160Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4161@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4162
4163@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4164@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4165Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4166
4167@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_read_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4168@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4169@itemx gdbarch_write_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache}, @var{val})
4170@findex gdbarch_write_pc
4171@anchor{gdbarch_write_pc}
56caf160
EZ
4172@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4173@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4174@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4175@findex TARGET_READ_FP
4a9bb1df
UW
4176@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4177@findex gdbarch_write_pc
56caf160 4178@findex read_sp
56caf160 4179@findex read_fp
4a9bb1df
UW
4180@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{gdbarch_read_pc},
4181@code{gdbarch_write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4182left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4183functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c 4184
4a9bb1df
UW
4185These macros and functions are useful when a target keeps one of these
4186registers in a hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register
4187and part in an ordinary register.
c906108c 4188
4a9bb1df 4189@xref{gdbarch_unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
a9e5fdc2 4190
4a9bb1df
UW
4191@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4192@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
0ba6dca9
AC
4193Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4194pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4195are not used, a default definition simply returns
4196@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4197
9742079a
EZ
4198@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4199If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4200watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4201other related macros.
4202
4a9bb1df
UW
4203@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4204@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4205This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 4206instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
7ccaa899
EZ
4207debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4208a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4209accessor function for the global pointer
4210@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4211the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4212@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4213@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4214decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4215
669fac23
DJ
4216@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
4217@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
4218@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 4219frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 4220frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 4221previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 4222
b5622e8d
AC
4223@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4224@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4225If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4226given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4227allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4228being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4229for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4230other compilers.
4231
92ad9cd9
AC
4232This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4233(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4234
4a9bb1df
UW
4235@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4236@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
4237Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
4238@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4239
c906108c
SS
4240@end table
4241
4242Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4243
56caf160 4244@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4245@item BPT_VECTOR
4246Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4247not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4248
4249@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4250Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 4251
4a9bb1df
UW
4252@item const char *gdbarch_name_of_malloc (@var{gdbarch})
4253@findex gdbarch_name_of_malloc
a23a7bf1
JB
4254A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4255allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4256
56caf160 4257@end ftable
c906108c 4258
b6fd0dfb 4259@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
4260@section Adding a New Target
4261
56caf160 4262@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4263The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4264
4265@table @file
56caf160 4266@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4267@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4268Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4269object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4270@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4271the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4272tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4273
4274You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4275but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4276future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4277
c906108c
SS
4278@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4279Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4280some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4281@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4282as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4283function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4284and debug.
4285
af6c57ea
AC
4286@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4287@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4288This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4289processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4290@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4291the same processor.
4292
4293@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4294(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4295macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4296format and instructions.
4297
4298New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4299
c906108c
SS
4300@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4301This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4302processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4303@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4304same processor.
4305
af6c57ea
AC
4306New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4307
c906108c
SS
4308@end table
4309
4310If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4311@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4312facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4313instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4314that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4315@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4316
123dc839
DJ
4317@node Target Descriptions
4318@chapter Target Descriptions
4319@cindex target descriptions
4320
4321The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4322contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4323some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4324instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4325@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4326more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4327directly.
4328
4329For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4330target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4331Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4332topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4333
4334@menu
4335* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4336* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4337@end menu
4338
4339@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4340@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4341@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4342
4343Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4344an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4345reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4346new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4347
4348A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4349@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4350@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4351the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
435264-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4353
4354If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4355incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4356@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4357architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4358new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4359a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4360of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4361properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4362see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4363
4364@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4365@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4366@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4367
4368Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4369instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4370specific routines to support this.
4371
4372A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4373set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4374with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4375responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4376everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4377mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4378standard registers.
4379
4380If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4381registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4382
4383@itemize @bullet
4384
4385@item
4386Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4387searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4388
4389@item
4390Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4391
4392@item
4393Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4394to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4395
4396@item
4397Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4398feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4399the description was incomplete.
4400
4401@item
4402Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4403is called.
4404
4405@item
4406Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4407fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4408
4409@item
4410Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4411returning it.
4412
4413@end itemize
4414
4415After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4416@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4417routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4418the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4419for any additional registers in the description.
4420
4421Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4422
4423@itemize @bullet
4424
4425@item
4426Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4427constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4428as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4429pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4430which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4431can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4432@code{num_regs} instead.
4433
4434@item
4435The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4436architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4437@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4438@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4439describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4440internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4441gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4442
4443@end itemize
4444
4445
c906108c
SS
4446@node Target Vector Definition
4447
4448@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4449@cindex target vector
c906108c 4450
56caf160
EZ
4451The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4452abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4453actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4454@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4455each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4456
52bb452f
DJ
4457@menu
4458* Managing Execution State::
4459* Existing Targets::
4460@end menu
4461
4462@node Managing Execution State
4463@section Managing Execution State
4464@cindex execution state
4465
4466A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4467stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4468manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4469inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4470active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4471when the target has exited or not yet started.
4472
4473For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4474not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4475accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4476program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4477remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4478are directed to the simulator.
4479
4480A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4481onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4482@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4483@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4484
4485A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4486still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4487@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4488call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4489in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4490after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4491time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4492@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4493@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4494@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4495@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4496target to inactive state.
4497
4498@node Existing Targets
4499@section Existing Targets
4500@cindex targets
4501
4502@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4503
4504Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4505
52bb452f 4506@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4507
56caf160
EZ
4508@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4509that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4510@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4511systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4512
56caf160
EZ
4513The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4514your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4515SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4516program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4517
4518The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4519@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4520
4521@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4522@item
4523%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4524
56caf160
EZ
4525@item
4526traps are disabled;
c906108c 4527
56caf160
EZ
4528@item
4529you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4530@end enumerate
4531
4532As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4533is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4534The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4535hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4536which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4537set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4538first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4539
4540For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4541``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4542and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4543controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4544trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4545do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4546of the debugger/stub.
4547
4548From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4549They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4550
52bb452f 4551@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4552
52bb452f 4553@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4554
52bb452f 4555@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4556
52bb452f 4557@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4558
4559
4560@node Native Debugging
4561
4562@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4563@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4564
25822942 4565Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4566
4567@table @file
56caf160 4568@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4569@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4570Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4571machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4572native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4573Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4574@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4575define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4576@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4577
7fd60527
AC
4578@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4579originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4580on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4581purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4582eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4583suffix.}
4584
c906108c 4585@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4586(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4587macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4588child process control and core file support.
4589
4590@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4591Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4592this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4593@end table
4594
4595There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4596various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4597defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4598the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4599@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4600
4601Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4602to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4603Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4604into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4605
4606@table @file
c906108c
SS
4607@item inftarg.c
4608This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4609processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4610
4611@item procfs.c
4612This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4613processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4614
4615@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4616This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4617and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4618
4619@item infptrace.c
4620This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4621the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4622@end table
4623
4624@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4625@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4626
4627@table @file
56caf160 4628@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4629@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4630Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4631@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4632files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4633just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4634@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4635
4636@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4637If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4638@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4639set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4640register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4641``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4642@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4643use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4644you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4645to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4646@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4647the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4648@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4649@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4650implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4651@end table
4652
25822942 4653When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4654possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4655code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4656@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4657machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4658(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4659@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4660exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4661modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4662section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4663segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4664information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4665sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4666section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4667standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4668around in.
4669
25822942 4670Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4671@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4672@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4673It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4674its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4675segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4676register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4677
4678If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4679format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4680reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4681
4682@section ptrace
4683
4684@section /proc
4685
4686@section win32
4687
4688@section shared libraries
4689
4690@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4691@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4692
56caf160
EZ
4693When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4694defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4695target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4696undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4697
1f6d4158
AC
4698@table @code
4699
c906108c 4700@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4701@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4702If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4703define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4704a read from the child.
4705
4706[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4707currently.]
4708
4709@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4710@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4711Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4712@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4713@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4714@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4715routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4716
4a9bb1df
UW
4717@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4718@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4719This functions normally returns the number of the first floating
c906108c 4720point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4721appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4722to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4723
4a9bb1df
UW
4724@item int gdbarch_get_longjmp_target (@var{gdbarch})
4725@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
c906108c
SS
4726For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4727DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4728@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4729
4a9bb1df 4730This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4731assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4732@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4733pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4734
9742079a
EZ
4735@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4736An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4737support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4738
c906108c 4739@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4740@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4741Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4742user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4743
4744@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4745@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4746Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4747defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4748definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4749
990f9fe3 4750@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4751@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4752Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4753@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4754@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4755processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4756
4757@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4758@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4759Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4760want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4761
4762@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4763@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4764When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4765twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4766the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4767number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4768expand into the number expected.
4769
c906108c
SS
4770@end table
4771
c906108c
SS
4772@node Support Libraries
4773
4774@chapter Support Libraries
4775
4776@section BFD
56caf160 4777@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4778
25822942 4779BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4780
4781@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4782@item identifying executable and core files
4783BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4784several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4785
4786@item access to sections of files
4787BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4788sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4789(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4790calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4791length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4792
4793@item specialized core file support
4794BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4795core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4796file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4797file.
4798
4799@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4800@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4801symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4802handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4803symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4804string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4805@end table
4806
4807@section opcodes
56caf160 4808@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4809
25822942 4810The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4811library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4812
4813@section readline
86f04699
EZ
4814@cindex readline library
4815The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
4816that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
4817
4818@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4819@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4820
4821The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4822that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4823systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4824groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4825environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4826a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4827functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4828beyond standard functions).
4829
4830@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4831library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4832floating format support functions, the input options parser
4833@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4834
4835@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4836@cindex @code{obstacks}
4837
4838The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4839chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4840like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4841allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 4842@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
4843@code{obstacks}).
4844
4845The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4846object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4847representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4848these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4849symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4850fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 4851offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
4852string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4853information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4854unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4855various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4856names of types.
4857
4858An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4859that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 4860various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
4861once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4862function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4863deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4864start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4865@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4866obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4867happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4868is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4869obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4870@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4871else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4872use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4873
4874Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4875under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4876longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4877when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4878new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4879
4880@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4881@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4882
4883Regex conditionals.
4884
4885@table @code
c906108c
SS
4886@item C_ALLOCA
4887
4888@item NFAILURES
4889
4890@item RE_NREGS
4891
4892@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4893
4894@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4895
4896@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4897
4898@item Sword
4899
4900@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4901@end table
4902
350da6ee
DJ
4903@section Array Containers
4904@cindex Array Containers
4905@cindex VEC
4906
4907Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
4908objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 4909and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
4910and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
4911inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
4912Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
4913
4914An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
4915The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
4916the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
4917bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
4918accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
4919but implemented in C.
4920
4921Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
4922and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
4923these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
4924pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
4925stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
4926dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
4927object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
4928elements are returned by value.
4929
4930There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
4931returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
4932variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
4933the address-of can be optimized away.
4934
4935The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
4936are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
4937itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
4938--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
4939field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
4940use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
4941such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
4942the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
4943(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
4944@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
4945minimal space in the structure containing them.
4946
4947Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
4948available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
4949that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
4950(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
4951needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
4952If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
4953to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
4954@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
4955elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
4956too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
4957but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
4958is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
4959can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
4960
4961You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
4962remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
4963in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
4964operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
4965There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
4966ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
4967@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
4968into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
4969@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
4970the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
4971
4972If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
4973accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
4974@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
4975vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
4976
4977Vector types are defined using a
4978@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
4979type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
4980characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
4981@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
4982(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
4983awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
4984check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
4985@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
4986that is not possible in plain C.
4987
4988An example of their use would be,
4989
4990@smallexample
4991DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
4992
4993struct my_struct @{
4994 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
4995@};
4996
4997struct my_struct *s;
4998
4999if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5000VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5001for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5002 @{ do something with elt @}
5003
5004@end smallexample
5005
5006The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5007accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5008
5009@table @code
5010@item VEC_length
5011Return the number of items in the array,
5012
5013@item VEC_empty
5014Return true if the array has no elements.
5015
5016@item VEC_last
5017@itemx VEC_index
5018Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5019
5020@item VEC_iterate
5021Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5022traversed.
5023
5024@item VEC_alloc
5025@itemx VEC_free
5026Create and destroy an array.
5027
5028@item VEC_embedded_size
5029@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5030Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5031
5032@item VEC_copy
5033Duplicate an array.
5034
5035@item VEC_space
5036Return the amount of free space in an array.
5037
5038@item VEC_reserve
5039Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5040
5041@item VEC_quick_push
5042@itemx VEC_safe_push
5043Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5044sure that it is.
5045
5046@item VEC_pop
5047Remove the last item from an array.
5048
5049@item VEC_truncate
5050Remove several items from the end of an array.
5051
5052@item VEC_safe_grow
5053Add several items to the end of an array.
5054
5055@item VEC_replace
5056Overwrite an item in the array.
5057
5058@item VEC_quick_insert
5059@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5060Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5061already exist, or the space is created.
5062
5063@item VEC_ordered_remove
5064@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5065Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5066
5067@item VEC_block_remove
5068Remove a set of items from the array.
5069
5070@item VEC_address
5071Provide the address of the first element.
5072
5073@item VEC_lower_bound
5074Binary search the array.
5075
5076@end table
5077
c906108c
SS
5078@section include
5079
5080@node Coding
5081
5082@chapter Coding
5083
5084This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5085algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5086
5087@section Cleanups
56caf160 5088@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5089
5090Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5091later.
c906108c 5092
cc1cb004
AC
5093When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5094@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5095the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5096cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5097and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5098is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5099cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5100created.
c906108c
SS
5101
5102Syntax:
5103
5104@table @code
c906108c
SS
5105@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5106Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5107
56caf160 5108@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5109@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5110Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5111@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5112handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5113@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5114@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5115from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5116
56caf160 5117@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5118@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5119Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5120@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5121
5122@findex discard_cleanups
5123@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5124Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5125the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5126@end table
5127
5128Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5129@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5130later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5131performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5132
474c8240 5133@smallexample
c906108c 5134make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5135@{
5136 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5137 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5138 ...
5139 do_cleanups (old);
5140@}
474c8240 5141@end smallexample
56caf160 5142
c906108c 5143@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5144will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5145cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5146be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5147
5148Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5149Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5150will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5151to two common cleanup styles.
5152
5153The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5154@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5155code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5156code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5157called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5158@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5159
474c8240 5160@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5161struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5162data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5163make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5164... blah blah ...
5165do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5166@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5167
5168The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5169@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5170any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5171code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5172an error:
5173
474c8240 5174@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5175FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5176struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5177... blah blah ...
5178discard_cleanups (old);
5179return file;
474c8240 5180@end smallexample
c906108c 5181
c1468174 5182Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5183that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5184means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5185interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5186functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5187@samp{longjmp} instead).
5188
ba8c9337
AC
5189@section Per-architecture module data
5190@cindex per-architecture module data
5191@cindex multi-arch data
5192@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5193
fc989b7a
AC
5194The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5195specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5196architecture object.
5197
5198A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5199
5200@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5201@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5202per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5203in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5204architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5205and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5206@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5207
fc989b7a
AC
5208@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5209@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5210per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5211always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5212initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5213per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5214other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5215create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5216@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5217
fc989b7a
AC
5218These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5219identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5220
fc989b7a 5221The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5222
fc989b7a
AC
5223@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5224Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5225@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5226or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5227current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5228pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5229corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5230@end deftypefun
5231
fc989b7a 5232The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5233
5234@smallexample
e7f16015 5235struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5236static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5237@end smallexample
5238
fc989b7a
AC
5239A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5240per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5241per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5242creation.
ba8c9337 5243
fc989b7a
AC
5244In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5245architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5246from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5247
5248@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5249static void *
5250nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5251@{
fc989b7a
AC
5252 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5253 return data;
5254@}
ba8c9337
AC
5255@end smallexample
5256
ba8c9337 5257@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5258extern void
5259set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5260@{
ba8c9337 5261 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5262 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5263@}
5264@end smallexample
5265
fc989b7a
AC
5266A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5267using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5268
fc989b7a
AC
5269In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5270@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5271architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5272
5273@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5274static void *
5275nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5276@{
fc989b7a
AC
5277 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5278 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5279 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5280@}
5281@end smallexample
5282
5283@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5284extern int
5285nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5286@{
fc989b7a
AC
5287 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5288 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5289@}
5290@end smallexample
5291
c906108c 5292@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5293@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5294
56caf160 5295@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5296Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5297or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5298added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5299routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5300exceeded.
5301
5302The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5303printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5304away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5305@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5306@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5307return!
5308
56caf160 5309It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5310space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5311indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5312the line wraps there.
5313
5314Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5315finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5316to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5317print warnings are a good example.
5318
25822942 5319@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5320@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5321
25822942 5322@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5323@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5324FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5325of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5326but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5327
56caf160
EZ
5328@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5329@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5330
af6c57ea 5331
b9aa90c9 5332@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5333
b9aa90c9
AC
5334@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5335compiler.
af6c57ea 5336
b9aa90c9 5337@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5338
5339
5340@subsection Memory Management
5341
5342@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5343@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5344
5345@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5346@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5347these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5348they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5349@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5350
5351@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5352memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5353behavior.}
5354
5355@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5356
5357@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5358memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5359free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5360
5361@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5362@code{NULL} pointer.}
5363
5364@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5365allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5366
5367@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5368restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5369
5370@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5371function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5372
5373@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5374functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5375errors.}
5376
5377
5378@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5379@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5380
aa79a185
DJ
5381With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5382@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5383are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5384building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5385
5386This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5387with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5388from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5389
5390The current list of warning flags includes:
5391
5392@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5393@item -Wall
5394Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5395
aa79a185 5396@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5397
aa79a185
DJ
5398@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5399code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5400
aa79a185 5401@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5402
aa79a185
DJ
5403@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5404Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5405might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5406Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5407@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5408but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5409
7be93b9e
JB
5410@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5411In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5412assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5413signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5414carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5415the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5416worth the time it would take.
5417
aa79a185
DJ
5418@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5419Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5420unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5421@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5422it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5423is being used.
5424
5425@item -Wno-unused
5426@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 5427@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
5428These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5429currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5430
aa79a185 5431@end table
c906108c
SS
5432
5433@subsection Formatting
5434
56caf160 5435@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5436The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5437strictly.
5438
af6c57ea
AC
5439A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5440function definition should have its name in column zero.
5441
474c8240 5442@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5443/* Declaration */
5444static void foo (void);
5445/* Definition */
5446void
5447foo (void)
5448@{
5449@}
474c8240 5450@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5451
5452@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5453be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5454
af6c57ea
AC
5455There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5456parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5457required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5458or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5459
5460While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5461more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5462after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5463whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5464for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5465
5466Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5467
474c8240 5468@smallexample
af6c57ea 5469void *foo;
474c8240 5470@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5471
5472@noindent
5473and not:
5474
474c8240 5475@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5476void * foo;
5477void* foo;
474c8240 5478@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5479
5480@subsection Comments
5481
56caf160 5482@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5483The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5484
af6c57ea
AC
5485Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5486@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5487
474c8240 5488@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5489/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5490 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5491 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5492 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5493 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5494@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5495
5496(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5497comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5498
5499Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5500variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5501
5502In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5503than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5504line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5505than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5506
5507@subsection C Usage
5508
56caf160 5509@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5510Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5511host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5512of evaluation of expressions.
5513
56caf160 5514@cindex function usage
c906108c 5515Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5516in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5517call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5518limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5519
5520However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5521are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5522
af6c57ea 5523@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5524(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5525protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5526
5527@cindex types
c906108c 5528
af6c57ea
AC
5529Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5530declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5531
5532
5533@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5534@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5535
5536Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5537a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5538argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5539function definition.
c906108c 5540
53a5351d
JM
5541All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5542callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5543be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5544visible to random source files.
c906108c 5545
af6c57ea
AC
5546Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5547that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5548
5549
5550@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5551
5552During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5553User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5554entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5555object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5556Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5557run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5558
5559When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5560@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5561
5562@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5563
5564@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5565the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5566@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5567error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5568
5569@subsection File Names
5570
5571Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5572case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5573unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5574
5575@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5576platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5577is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5578@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5579convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5580@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5581@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5582
5583Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5584of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5585
5586@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5587
5588When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5589@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5590@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5591independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5592the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5593should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5594programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5595
5596For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5597
5598
5599@subsection Include Files
5600
e2b28d04 5601A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5602
e2b28d04
AC
5603A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5604declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5605indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5606
e2b28d04
AC
5607A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5608declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5609indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5610be directly included.
af6c57ea 5611
e2b28d04 5612An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5613
e2b28d04
AC
5614An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5615Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5616pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5617
5618A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5619
5620An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5621files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5622@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5623
5624All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5625
474c8240 5626@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5627#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5628#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5629header body
5630#endif
474c8240 5631@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5632
c906108c 5633
dab11f21 5634@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5635
56caf160 5636@cindex design
c906108c 5637In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5638semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5639experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5640trouble.
5641
56caf160 5642@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5643You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5644(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5645must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5646@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5647such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5648
5649You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5650the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5651current @code{target_ops} vector.
5652
5653You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5654(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5655assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5656host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5657written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5658copyright problems.
5659
56caf160 5660@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5661Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5662to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5663systems.
5664
56caf160 5665@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5666New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5667or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5668for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5669features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5670has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5671often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5672predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5673time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5674with regard to this feature.
5675
5676Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5677target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5678
dab11f21
EZ
5679@cindex portable file name handling
5680@cindex file names, portability
5681One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5682creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5683assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5684a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5685directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5686necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5687system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5688name, use the following portable macros:
5689
5690@table @code
5691@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5692@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5693This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5694whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5695symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5696such hosts.
5697
5698@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5699@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5700Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5701character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5702such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5703pass.
5704
5705@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5706@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5707Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5708For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5709@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5710@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5711
5712@findex FILENAME_CMP
5713@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5714Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5715appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5716this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5717will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5718
5719@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5720@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5721Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5722@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5723This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5724
5725@findex SLASH_STRING
5726@item SLASH_STRING
5727This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5728absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5729@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5730@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5731@end table
5732
5733In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5734functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5735basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5736@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5737platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5738with @code{strrchr}.
5739
25822942
DB
5740Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5741attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5742multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5743by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5744well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5745something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5746using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5747@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5748current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5749is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5750implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5751attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5752formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5753
56caf160
EZ
5754Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5755the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5756@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5757something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5758consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5759with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5760file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5761radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5762
af6c57ea
AC
5763All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5764@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5765messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5766@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5767
c906108c 5768
8487521e 5769@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5770
25822942 5771@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5772@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5773
56caf160
EZ
5774Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5775specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5776dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5777hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5778@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5779name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5780@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5781
56caf160
EZ
5782@itemize @bullet
5783@item
c906108c
SS
5784In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5785@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5786vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5787@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5788@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5789running
5790
474c8240 5791@smallexample
c906108c 5792./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5793@end smallexample
56caf160 5794
c906108c
SS
5795@noindent
5796and
56caf160 5797
474c8240 5798@smallexample
c906108c 5799./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5800@end smallexample
56caf160 5801
c906108c
SS
5802@noindent
5803which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5804and no error messages.
5805
56caf160 5806@noindent
c906108c
SS
5807You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5808beyond the scope of this manual.
5809
56caf160 5810@item
25822942 5811To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5812your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5813desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5814setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5815@var{xyz}).
5816
7fd60527
AC
5817@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5818@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5819new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5820Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5821to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5822changed again in the future.}
5823
56caf160 5824@item
25822942 5825Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5826target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5827configuration.
56caf160 5828@end itemize
c906108c 5829
d52fe014
AC
5830@node Versions and Branches
5831@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5832
d52fe014 5833@section Versions
8973da3a 5834
d52fe014
AC
5835@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5836@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5837
d52fe014
AC
5838@table @asis
5839@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5840@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5841an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5842@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5843a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
58446.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5845@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5846a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
58476.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5848@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5849a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5850@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5851may include additional changes
d52fe014 5852@end table
fb0ff88f 5853
d52fe014
AC
5854@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5855numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5856of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5857@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5858
53531fc1
AC
5859@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5860@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5861drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5862first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5863@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5864@var{patchlevel}.
5865
5866For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5867identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5868
5869@table @asis
5870@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5871drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5872@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5873@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5874drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
58756.1.90.20020304)
5876@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5877@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5878drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5879@end table
fb0ff88f 5880
d52fe014
AC
5881If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
58826.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5883here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5884
d52fe014
AC
5885@smallexample
5886 <HEAD>
5887 |
53531fc1 58886.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5889 |
53531fc1 5890 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5891 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5892 | |
53531fc1
AC
58936.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5894 | |
58956.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5896 | |
58976.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5898 | |
53531fc1
AC
58996.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5900 | |
59016.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5902 | |
59036.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5904 | |
59056.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5906 | |
59076.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5908 |
53531fc1 59096.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5910 |
53531fc1 5911 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5912 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5913 | |
59146.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5915 | |
d52fe014 5916@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5917
d52fe014
AC
5918@section Release Branches
5919@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5920
d52fe014
AC
5921@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5922single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5923branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5924
d52fe014
AC
5925@smallexample
5926gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5927gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5928gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5929@end smallexample
5930
5931@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5932release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5933date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5934branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5935
5936@section Vendor Branches
5937@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5938
5939To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5940@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5941(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 5942its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
5943Inc Patch 2)}.
5944
5945@section Experimental Branches
5946@cindex experimental branches
5947
5948@subsection Guidelines
5949
5950@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5951repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5952for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5953significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5954
d52fe014 5955The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5956
d52fe014
AC
5957@table @emph
5958
5959@item a branch has an owner
5960The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5961ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5962adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5963
5964@item all commits are posted
5965All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5966@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5967mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5968should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5969
5970@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5971This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5972and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5973
5974@item a branch is focused
5975A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5976unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5977be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5978
5979@item a branch tracks mainline
5980This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5981pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5982mainline.
5983
5984@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5985The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5986branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5987
5988@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5989The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5990the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5991@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5992
5993@end table
fb0ff88f 5994
d52fe014
AC
5995@subsection Tags
5996@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5997
d52fe014
AC
5998To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5999branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6000
d52fe014 6001@table @code
fb0ff88f 6002
d52fe014
AC
6003@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6004@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6005The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6006date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6007sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6008@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6009cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6010cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6011 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6012@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6013
d52fe014
AC
6014@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6015The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6016on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6017use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6018@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6019cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6020cvs update \
6021 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6022 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6023@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6024@noindent
6025Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6026merge.
6027
6028@end table
fb0ff88f 6029
d52fe014
AC
6030@noindent
6031For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6032@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6033
55f6ca0f
JB
6034@node Start of New Year Procedure
6035@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6036@cindex new year procedure
6037
6038At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6039
6040@itemize @bullet
6041@item
6042Rotate the ChangeLog file
6043
6044The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6045@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6046A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6047contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6048also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6049the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6050@smallexample
6051Local Variables:
6052mode: change-log
6053left-margin: 8
6054fill-column: 74
6055version-control: never
6056End:
6057@end smallexample
6058
7f893741
JB
6059@item
6060Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6061in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6062
55f6ca0f
JB
6063@item
6064Update the copyright year in the startup message
6065
6066Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
6067@code{print_gdb_version}.
6ec2edbe
JB
6068
6069@item
6070Add the new year in the copyright notices of all source and documentation
6071files. This can be done semi-automatically by running the @code{copyright.sh}
6072script. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to be installed.
6073
55f6ca0f
JB
6074@end itemize
6075
d52fe014 6076@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6077
d52fe014
AC
6078@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6079@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6080
9bb0a4d8
AC
6081@section Branch Commit Policy
6082
6083The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
60845.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6085
6086@itemize @bullet
6087@item
6088The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6089@item
6090Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6091trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6092file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6093@item
6094When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6095Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6096when debugging a static binary?
6097@item
6098The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6099the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6100@item
6101Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6102sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6103@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6104@end itemize
6105
6106@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6107functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6108This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6109reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6110
6111
cbb09e6a 6112@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6113
8642bc8f 6114Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6115code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6116(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6117
8642bc8f 6118Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6119line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6120been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6121
cbb09e6a
AC
6122The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6123wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6124Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6125
cbb09e6a 6126@enumerate
8973da3a 6127@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6128Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6129list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6130recommended.
8973da3a 6131@item
cbb09e6a 6132Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6133@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6134Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6135Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6136@item
cbb09e6a 6137Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6138@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6139Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6140prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6141@item
6142Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6143released.
6144@item
6145Remove the obsolete code.
6146@end enumerate
6147
6148@noindent
6149@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6150hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6151helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6152or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6153the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6154hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6155
8973da3a 6156
9ae8b82c
AC
6157
6158@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6159
8642bc8f
AC
6160The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6161changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6162instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6163building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6164@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6165
9ae8b82c 6166@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6167
9ae8b82c
AC
6168People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6169something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6170script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6171
9ae8b82c 6172@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6173
9ae8b82c
AC
6174Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6175@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6176@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6177
6178@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6179
8642bc8f 6180A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6181
8642bc8f
AC
6182@itemize @bullet
6183@item
6184@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6185@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6186@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6187file)
6188@item
6189@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6190@end itemize
6191
9ae8b82c 6192@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6193
9ae8b82c
AC
6194@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6195(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6196conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6197of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6198regressions.
8642bc8f 6199
9ae8b82c 6200@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6201
9ae8b82c 6202Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6203
9ae8b82c 6204@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6205
9ae8b82c 6206The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6207
8642bc8f 6208
30107679 6209@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6210
30107679 6211@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6212
474c8240 6213@smallexample
30107679
AC
6214$ u=5.1
6215$ v=5.2
6216$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6217$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6218$ echo $u $V $D
62195.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6220$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6221-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6222cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6223-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6224$ ^echo ^^
6225...
6226$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6227-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6228cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6229-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6230$ ^echo ^^
6231...
8642bc8f 6232$
474c8240 6233@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6234
6235@itemize @bullet
6236@item
b247355e 6237By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6238date/time.
6239@item
b247355e 6240The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6241@item
b247355e 6242Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6243@item
b247355e 6244@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6245@item
b247355e 6246The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6247@end itemize
6248
6249@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6250
6251@smallexample
6252$ u=5.1
6253$ v=5.2
6254$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6255$ echo $u $v$V
62565.1 5_2
6257$ cd /tmp
6258$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6259-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6260cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6261 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6262$ ^echo ^^
6263U src/gdb/version.in
6264$ cd src/gdb
6265$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6266$ cat version.in
62675.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6268$ cvs -f commit version.in
6269@end smallexample
6270
6271@itemize @bullet
6272@item
6273@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6274mechanism.
30107679
AC
6275@item
6276@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6277initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6278@end itemize
6279
8642bc8f
AC
6280
6281@subheading Update the web and news pages
6282
30107679
AC
6283Something?
6284
8642bc8f
AC
6285@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6286
30107679
AC
6287The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6288This file needs to be updated so that:
6289
6290@itemize @bullet
6291@item
b247355e 6292A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6293@item
b247355e 6294The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6295@end itemize
6296
6297@noindent
6298See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6299cron table.
6300
6301The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6302any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6303snapshot directories.
6304
6305
6306@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6307
6308The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6309to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6310refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6311
6312The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6313current release.
6314
6315@subheading Post the branch info
6316
6317Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6318
6319@itemize @bullet
6320@item
6321@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6322@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6323@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6324@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6325@end itemize
30107679
AC
6326
6327@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6328ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6329list are alerted.}
6330
6331The announcement should include:
6332
6333@itemize @bullet
6334@item
b247355e 6335The branch tag.
30107679 6336@item
b247355e 6337How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6338@item
b247355e 6339The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6340@item
b247355e 6341The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6342@end itemize
30107679 6343
8642bc8f
AC
6344@section Stabilize the branch
6345
6346Something goes here.
6347
6348@section Create a Release
6349
0816590b
AC
6350The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6351down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6352process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6353process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6354
0816590b
AC
6355When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6356
6357@subsection Create a release candidate
6358
6359The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6360made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6361candidate).
6362
6363@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6364
6365Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6366@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6367
6368@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6369
474c8240 6370@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6371$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6372$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6373$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6374$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6375/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6376$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6377$ cd $t/$b/$v
6378$ pwd
0816590b 6379/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6380$ which autoconf
6381/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6382$
474c8240 6383@end smallexample
8973da3a 6384
0816590b
AC
6385@noindent
6386Notes:
8973da3a 6387
0816590b
AC
6388@itemize @bullet
6389@item
6390Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6391version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6392found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6393unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6394@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6395@end itemize
6396
6397@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6398
474c8240 6399@smallexample
b247355e 6400$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6401do
8973da3a
AC
6402( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6403done
8642bc8f 6404$
474c8240 6405@end smallexample
8973da3a 6406
0816590b
AC
6407@noindent
6408Note:
8642bc8f 6409
0816590b
AC
6410@itemize @bullet
6411@item
6412The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6413any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6414@code{cvs} really does.
6415@end itemize
6416
6417@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6418
0816590b
AC
6419@table @file
6420
6421@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6422
6423Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6424releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6425
0816590b 6426Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6427
474c8240 6428@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6429$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6430...
6431c-x 4 a
6432...
6433c-x c-s c-x c-c
6434$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6435$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6436@end smallexample
8973da3a 6437
0816590b
AC
6438@item gdb/README
6439
6440You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6441
0816590b
AC
6442@itemize @bullet
6443@item
b247355e 6444The version.
0816590b 6445@item
b247355e 6446The update date.
0816590b 6447@item
b247355e 6448Who did it.
0816590b 6449@end itemize
8973da3a 6450
474c8240 6451@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6452$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6453...
8973da3a 6454c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6455...
8973da3a 6456c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6457$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6458$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6459@end smallexample
8973da3a 6460
0816590b
AC
6461@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6462before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6463to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6464
8642bc8f
AC
6465@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6466@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6467pursuing.}
8973da3a 6468
0816590b 6469@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6470
474c8240 6471@smallexample
8642bc8f 6472$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6473$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
64745.2
8642bc8f 6475$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6476...
6477c-x 4 a
0816590b 6478... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6479c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6480$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6481$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6482@end smallexample
8973da3a 6483
0816590b
AC
6484@end table
6485
6486@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6487
6488This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6489
4ce8657e
MC
6490@smallexample
6491$ for m in gdb insight
6492do
6493( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6494done
4ce8657e
MC
6495@end smallexample
6496
6497If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6498(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6499
474c8240 6500@smallexample
0816590b 6501$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6502do
0816590b 6503( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6504done
474c8240 6505@end smallexample
8973da3a 6506
0816590b 6507@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6508
0816590b 6509You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6510@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6511for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6512
474c8240 6513@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6514$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6515M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6516? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6517? proto-toplev
0816590b 6518@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6519M gdb/ChangeLog
6520M gdb/NEWS
6521M gdb/README
6522M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6523@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6524$
474c8240 6525@end smallexample
8973da3a 6526
0816590b 6527@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6528@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6529@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6530was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6531didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6532
0816590b 6533@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6534
474c8240 6535@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6536$ cp */src/*.tar .
6537$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6538$ ls -F
b247355e 6539gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6540$ for m in gdb insight
6541do
6542bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6543gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6544done
6545$
474c8240 6546@end smallexample
8973da3a 6547
0816590b
AC
6548@noindent
6549Note:
6550
6551@itemize @bullet
6552@item
6553A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6554in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6555can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6556process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6557@end itemize
6558
6559@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6560
0816590b 6561Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6562
0816590b
AC
6563@smallexample
6564$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6565$ cd gdb-5.2
6566$ ./configure
6567$ make
6568@dots{}
6569$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6570GNU gdb 5.2
6571@dots{}
6572(gdb) b main
6573Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6574(gdb) run
6575Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6576
6577Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6578734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6579(gdb) print args
6580$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6581(gdb)
6582@end smallexample
8973da3a 6583
0816590b 6584@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6585
0816590b 6586If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6587
0816590b
AC
6588@enumerate
6589@item
6590Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6591@item
6592Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6593@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6594process can restart.
6595@item
6596Make the release candidate available in
6597@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6598@item
6599Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6600@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6601@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6602
0816590b 6603@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6604
0816590b 6605(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6606
0816590b 6607@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6608
0816590b 6609Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6610
474c8240 6611@smallexample
0816590b 6612$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6613$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6614@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6615
0816590b
AC
6616@noindent
6617Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6618are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6619
6620@smallexample
6621$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6622$ rm @dots{}
6623@end smallexample
6624
6625@noindent
6626Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6627directory:
6628
6629@smallexample
6630$ vi README
6631@dots{}
6632$ rm -f .message
6633$ ln README .message
6634@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6635
0816590b 6636@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6637
0816590b
AC
6638@table @file
6639
6640@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6641This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6642@itemize @bullet
6643@item
b247355e 6644General announcement.
8642bc8f 6645@item
0816590b
AC
6646News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6647earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6648@item
b247355e 6649Errata.
0816590b
AC
6650@end itemize
6651
6652@item htdocs/index.html
6653@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6654@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6655These files include:
6656@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6657@item
b247355e 6658Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6659@item
b247355e 6660News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6661@end itemize
0816590b 6662These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6663
0816590b 6664@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6665You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6666docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6667from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6668Something like:
6669
474c8240 6670@smallexample
8642bc8f 6671$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6672 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6673 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6674 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6675 gdb
474c8240 6676@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6677
0816590b
AC
6678@item download/ari/
6679Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6680
0816590b
AC
6681@smallexample
6682$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6683 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6684 $PWD/www \
6685 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6686 gdb
6687@end smallexample
6688
6689@end table
6690
6691@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6692
6693Something goes here.
6694
6695
6696@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6697
6698At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6699@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6700
6701@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6702
6703Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6704
6705@itemize @bullet
6706@item
6707@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6708@item
0816590b
AC
6709@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6710day or so to let things get out)
6711@item
6712@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6713@end itemize
6714
0816590b 6715@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6716
0816590b 6717The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6718
0816590b 6719@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6720
0816590b 6721In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6722
6723@itemize @bullet
6724@item
6725@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6726@item
6727@file{gdb/version.in}
6728@item
6729@file{gdb/NEWS}
6730@item
6731@file{gdb/README}
6732@end itemize
6733
0816590b 6734@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6735
6736Something like:
6737
474c8240 6738@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6739$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6740$ echo $d
67412002-01-24
6742$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6743$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6744@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6745
0816590b 6746Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6747@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6748
6749@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6750
0816590b
AC
6751Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6752indicates when the release was made.
6753
6754@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6755
6756If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6757@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6758committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6759@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6760is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6761
6762Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6763
0816590b 6764@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6765
8642bc8f
AC
6766The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6767trunk.
8973da3a 6768
0816590b
AC
6769@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6770
6771Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6772Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6773generated by running:
6774
6775@smallexample
6776$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6777@end smallexample
6778
6779@noindent
6780The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6781of the most recent release.
6782
6783Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6784
8642bc8f 6785@section Post release
8973da3a 6786
8642bc8f 6787Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6788
085dd6e6
JM
6789@node Testsuite
6790
6791@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6792@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6793
56caf160
EZ
6794The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6795While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6796this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6797the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6798to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6799
b247355e
NR
6800The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
6801tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
6802runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6803
6804@section Using the Testsuite
6805
56caf160 6806@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6807To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6808testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6809environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6810the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6811and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6812finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6813
474c8240 6814@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6815 === gdb Summary ===
6816
6817# of expected passes 6016
6818# of unexpected failures 58
6819# of unexpected successes 5
6820# of expected failures 183
6821# of unresolved testcases 3
6822# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6823@end smallexample
56caf160 6824
a9f158ec
JB
6825To run a specific test script, type:
6826@example
6827make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
6828@end example
6829where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
6830spaces.
6831
085dd6e6
JM
6832The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6833conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6834real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6835failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6836hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6837everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6838being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6839lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6840Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6841reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6842catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6843program.
6844
6845When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6846testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6847regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6848run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6849compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6850testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6851options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6852host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6853mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6854
6855If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6856tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6857and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6858Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6859failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6860difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6861in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6862tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6863
e7dc800a
MC
6864DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6865some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6866the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6867will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6868
6869@smallexample
6870UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6871@end smallexample
6872
085dd6e6
JM
6873@section Testsuite Organization
6874
56caf160 6875@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6876The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6877testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6878and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6879handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6880@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6881all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6882configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6883definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6884
6885The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6886subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6887with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6888in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6889get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6890
6891The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6892are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6893located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6894execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6895intelligibility.
6896
56caf160 6897@table @file
085dd6e6 6898@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6899This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6900configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6901The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6902ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6903for prototypes).
6904
6905@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6906Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6907@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6908
6909@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6910Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6911(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6912HP-UX.
6913
6914@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6915Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
69161999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6917couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6918imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6919extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6920
6921@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6922Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6923instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6924@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6925@end table
6926
6927@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6928@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6929
25822942 6930In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6931should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6932
6933You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6934includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6935However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6936instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6937calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6938
6939Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
6940necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
6941a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
6942@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
6943prompts.
6944
6945Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
6946On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
6947spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
6948
6949The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6950style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6951styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6952instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6953never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6954uniformly.
6955
c906108c
SS
6956@node Hints
6957
6958@chapter Hints
6959
6960Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6961appear anywhere else in the directory.
6962
6963@menu
25822942 6964* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6965* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6966@end menu
6967
6968@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6969
6970@section Getting Started
6971
25822942 6972@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6973work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6974know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6975
25822942
DB
6976This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6977generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6978
6979Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6980comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6981function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6982explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6983free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6984out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6985actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6986
6987Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6988native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6989repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6990macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6991default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6992also documents all the available macros.
6993@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6994@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6995@c Conditionals})
6996
56caf160
EZ
6997Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6998@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6999@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7000code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7001
7002You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7003enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7004language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7005the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7006and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7007are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7008approach.
7009
25822942 7010Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7011specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7012function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7013will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7014calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7015(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7016called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7017functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7018one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7019structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7020the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7021look like.
7022
7023Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7024code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7025principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7026else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7027rather than worrying about all its details.
7028
56caf160
EZ
7029@cindex command implementation
7030A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7031a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7032single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7033@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7034via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7035which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7036the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7037@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7038command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7039display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7040not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7041tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7042breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7043
7044@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7045If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7046on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7047wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7048@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7049Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7050
33e16fad 7051@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7052
25822942 7053@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7054@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7055
25822942 7056If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7057fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7058Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7059debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7060./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7061@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7062
25822942 7063When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7064@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7065gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7066in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7067gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7068
7069If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7070you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7071routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7072@kbd{M-.}
7073
25822942 7074Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7075have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7076
7077@section Submitting Patches
7078
56caf160 7079@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7080Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7081@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7082Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7083changes.
7084
25822942
DB
7085The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7086This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7087
7088If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7089or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7090with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7091
56caf160 7092@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7093The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7094copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7095of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7096standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7097and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7098owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7099changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7100etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7101contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7102bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7103this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7104since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7105
7106Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7107feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7108Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7109header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7110each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7111needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7112@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7113single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7114
7115In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7116sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7117If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7118out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7119
9e0b60a8
JM
7120The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7121install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7122or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7123will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7124The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7125the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7126being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7127tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7128the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7129acceptable.
7130
7131If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7132of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7133installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7134reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7135complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7136they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7137permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7138be for quite some time.
c906108c 7139
56caf160 7140Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7141@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
7142
7143@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 7144@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 7145
25822942 7146Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
7147configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
7148should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
7149
7150@table @code
c906108c
SS
7151@item STACK_END_ADDR
7152This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
7153in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
7154core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
7155gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 7156files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 7157and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
7158
7159Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
7160is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
7161
c906108c
SS
7162@end table
7163
36af4ef6
MD
7164@section Build Script
7165
7166@cindex build script
7167
7168The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
7169@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
7170targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
7171affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
7172@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
7173
7174After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
7175supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
7176information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
7177in the directory the script was called from.
7178
bcd7e15f 7179@include observer.texi
2154891a 7180@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7181@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7182@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7183
56caf160
EZ
7184@node Index
7185@unnumbered Index
7186
7187@printindex cp
7188
c906108c 7189@bye
This page took 1.083363 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.